Donate
 
   
Select your prefered input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Amarakosha Search  
19 results
     
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
ādram3.1.105MasculineSingularuttam, sāndram, klinnam, timitam, stimitam, samunnam
balabhadraḥ1.1.23-24MasculineSingularbaladevaḥ, balaḥ, saṅkarṣaṇaḥ, tālāṅkaḥ, halāyudhaḥ, revatīramaṇaḥ, pralambaghnaḥ, lindībhedanaḥ, halī, rauhiṇeyaḥ, kāmapālaḥ, acyutāgrajaḥ, ānakadundubhiḥ, sīrapāṇiḥ, musalī, nīlāmbaraḥ, rāmaḥbalaram
malīmasam3.1.54MasculineSingularmalinam, kaccaram, maladūṣitam
nadī1.10.29-30FeminineSingularkūlaṅkaṣā, sravantī, dhunī, śaivalinī, rodhovakrā, apagā, dvīpavatī, hradinī, taraṅgiṇī, nirjhariṇī, nimnagā, srotasvatī, taḍinī, sarit, sarasvatīa river
nīlīFeminineSingulardolā, śrīphalī, grāmīṇā, droṇī, rañjnī, klītakikā, linī, tutthā, madhuparṇikā, kālā
padmam1.10.39-40MasculineSingularpaṅkeruham, kamalam, aravindam, rājīvam, sārasam, kuśeśayam, sahasrapattram, nalinam, ambhoruham, bisaprasūnam, tāmarasam, śatapattram, mahotpalam, puṣkaram, sarasīruhama lotus
phalavānMasculineSingularphalinaḥ, phalī
praghāṇaḥ2.2.12MasculineSingularalindaḥ, praghaṇaḥ
rajasvalā2.6.20FeminineSingularātreyī, malinī, puṣpavatī, ṛtumatī, strīdharmiṇī, udakyā, aviḥ
śyāmā2.2.55FeminineSingulargovandanī, priyakaḥ, viśvaksenā, priyaṅguḥ, latā, kārambhā, phalā, gundrā, mahilāhvayā, gandhaphalī, phalinī
śyāmāFeminineSingularlin, suṣeṇikā, kālā, masūravidalā, ardhacandrā, kālameṣikā
viśalyāFeminineSingularagniśikhā, anantā, phalinī, śakrapuṣpī
pulinamNeuterSingularone formed by alluvion
linFeminineSingularśamanasvasā, sūryatanayā, yamunāyamuna(river)
nalinīFeminineSingularbisinī, padminīan assemblage of lotus flowers
balinaḥ2.6.45MasculineSingularbalibhaḥ
klinnākṣaḥ2.6.60MasculineSingularcullaḥ, cillaḥ, pillaḥ
khalinī2.4.42FeminineSingularkhalyā, svargaḥ, ākāśaḥ
talinam3.3.134MasculineSingularaparāddhaḥ, abhigrastaḥ, vyāpadgataḥ
     Monier-Williams
          Search  
845 results for lin
     
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
लिन्दुmfn. equals picchala-, slimy, slippery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिन्दुमm. a particular fragrant substance, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभिमानशालिन्mfn. proud, arrogant
अभिपालिन्see gṛhā- bh- (parasmE-pada 362). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अहेलिन्mfn. not dallying, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अकिलिनmfn. (for a-- klinna-) not moist or wet, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आक्लिन्नmfn. "wet" id est touched with pity (as the mind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अक्लिन्नवर्त्मन्n. Name of a disease of the eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अक्षमालिन्mfn. wearing a rosary of seeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अक्षमालिन्mfn. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिन्m. "possessed of a sting" (ala- q.v), a (large black) bee etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिन्m. a scorpion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिन्m. the Scorpion (in the zodiac) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिन्m. a scorpion (see alin-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिनm. plural Name of a tribe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिन्दm. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ī-). gaRa gaurādi- q.v) a terrace before a house-door etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिन्दm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिन्दm. a terrace before a house, a raised place or terrace for sleeping upon (see alinda-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिन्दकm. a terrace before a house-door View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिनीf. a female bee , a swarm of bees View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अमलिनmfn. stainless, free from dirt, clean. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अमलिनधीmfn. of a pure mind. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अमृतमालिनीf. "having an everlasting garland"Name of durgā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अंशुमालिन्m. the sun. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनुमालिनीतीरम्ind. on the bank of the mālinī-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनुपालिन्mfn. preserving, keeping up. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अपरिक्लिन्नmfn. not moist, not liquid, dry. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अर्थशालिन्mfn. wealthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अर्थशालिन्m. a wealthy man. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अस्थिमालिन्m. "having a necklace of bones id est of skulls ", śiva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवक्लिन्नपक्वmfn. trickling because of being over-ripe, (gaRa rājadantādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अविचालिन्mfn. not falling off from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अविचालिन्mfn. invariable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अविक्लिन्नाक्षmfn. whose eyes do not water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बभ्रुमालिन्m. "brown-garlanded", Name of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुबलिन्mfn. strong in arm, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुबलिन्mfn. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बहुप्रज्ञानशालिन्mfn. possessed of much knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुशालिन्mfn. possessing strong arm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुशालिन्m. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुशालिन्m. of a dānava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुशालिन्m. of a warrior View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुशालिन्m. of a son of dhṛta-rāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुशालिन्m. of bhīma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुशालिन्m. of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बकुलमालिनीपरिणयm. Name of a drama. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बालकमलिनीf. a young lotus plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलशालिन्mfn. having or possessing strength, strong, vigorous ( balaśālitā li-- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलशालिन्mfn. possessing a great army View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिन्mfn. powerful, strong, mighty, stout, robust etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिन्m. a soldier (see balastha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिन्m. Name of vatsa-prī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिन्m. (only L) a hog bull, buffalo, camel, kind of sheep, serpent, Phaseolus Radiatus, a sort of jasmine, the phlegmatic humour, Name of a bala-rāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बालिन्See vālin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिनन्दनm. "son of bali-", Name of the asura- bāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिनीf. Sida Cordifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिनियमनोद्युतmfn. prepared to subdue bali- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भद्दालिन्m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भगालिन्m. "bedecked with skulls", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भिल्लिन्m. Symplocos Racemosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भोगमालिनीf. Name of a dik-kanyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भृत्यशालिन्mfn. having many servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भुजबलिन्m. "strong in the arm", Name of a jaina- teacher. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भुजशालिन्mfn. possessing strong arms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूतिमलिनmfn. soiled with ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बिलिन्थ(?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बिन्दुमालिन्m. (in music) a kind of measure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बृहत्पालिन्m. wild cumin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बुद्धकपालिनीf. Name of one of the 6 goddesses of magic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बुद्धिशालिन्mfn. equals -yukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चक्रमण्डलिन्m. the Boa constrictor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चक्रमौलिन्mfn. having the wheels turned upwards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चाण्डालिनीf. Name of a goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चन्द्रमौलिन्m. equals -mukuṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चरुचेलिन्mfn. (for cār-?) having portions of offerings on the clothes (śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छगलिन्m. Name of a teacher (pupil of kalāpin- ), 109. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छलिन्m. a cheat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छलिन्m. a swindler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिन्mfn. equals cūḍin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिन्mfn. having an ornament on the crown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिन्mfn. having a crest (a bird), 2495 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिन्m. Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिन्m. see vi--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दलमालिनीf. leaf-cabbage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दलशालिनीf. Name of a pot-herb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दलिन्mfn. fr. la- gaRa sukhādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दानशालिन्mfn. rich in gifts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दानशालिन्mfn. wet with rut-fluid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दण्डकपालिन्mfn. carrying a staff and a skull View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दन्तोलूखलिन्mfn. idem or 'mfn. "using the teeth as a mortar", eating unground grain (an ascetic) ' , ix, 2166 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दशबलबलिन्mfn. possessing the 10 powers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ढालिन्mfn. armed with a shield, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धनयौवनशालिन्mfn. endowed with wealth and youth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतिमालिन्m. a particular magic. formula spoken over weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दिव्यकालिनीf. a kind of non poisonous snake, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दिव्यप्रज्ञानषालिन्mfn. = idem or 'n. equals -jñāna- n.' mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दोहलिन् equals dohada- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दोःशालिन्etc. See doḥ-, p.499. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दोःशालिन्mfn. having strong arms = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एककालिन्mfn. happening only once a day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एकाक्षिपिङ्गलिन्m. Name (also title or epithet) of kubera-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गभस्तिमालिन्m. "garlanded with rays", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गालिन्mfn. distilling, fusing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गालिन्mfn. reviling, abusive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गालिनीf. a particular position of the fingers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गण्डलिन्m. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गण्डमालिन्mfn. having the glands of the neck inflamed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धमालिन्m. "having fragrant garlands", Name of a nāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धमालिनीf. a kind of perfume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धपालिन्m. "preserving perfumes", śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गरलिन्mfn. poisonous, venomous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गतितालिन्m. Name of an attendant in skanda-'s retinue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
घोडाचोलिन्m. Name of a man, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गिरिशालिनीf. equals -karṇā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोवालिन्mfn. "cow-haired"(a kind of gaja-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ग्रामजालिन्m. the governor of a district View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गृहाभिपालिन्mfn. watching or taking care of the house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गृहाभिपालिन्m. a watchman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुणशतशालिन्mfn. possessed of a hundred excellent qualities. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिन्m. a ploughman, agriculturist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिन्m. Name of bala-rāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिन्m. of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिनीf. a number of ploughs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिनीf. Methonica Superba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हालिनीf. a kind of lizard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरमेखलिन्m. a particular class of artisans View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेमचूलिन्mfn. having a golden crest or top View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेमकिरीटमालिन्mfn. garlanded with a golden diadem View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेममालिन्mfn. garlanded or adorned with golden (as elephants, a rākṣasa- etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेममालिन्m. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हिमांशुमालिन्m. "encircled by cold rays", the moon
हिरण्यमालिन्mfn. having a golden garland View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
होलिनिर्णयm. (prob. for holī-n-) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इक्षुमालिनीf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इक्षुमालिनीf. See ikṣu--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इलिनाf. Name of a daughter of yama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ईलिनm. Name of a son of taṃsu- and father of duṣyanta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इलिनीf. Name of a daughter of medhātithi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ईलिनीf. Name of a daughter of medhātithi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इन्द्रजालिन्m. a juggler, sorcerer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इन्द्रजालिन्m. Name of a bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जाबालिन्m. plural Name of jābāla-'s school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जाजलिन्m. idem or 'm. Name of a teacher ' Va1rtt. 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालकमालिन्mfn. adorned with a kind of pearl-ornament ("veiled") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिन्mfn. having a net View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिन्mfn. retiform View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिन्mfn. having a window View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिन्mfn. deceptive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिनीf. (scilicet piḍakā-) Name of certain boils appearing in the prameha- disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिनीf. a species of melon (having a reticulated rind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिनीf. a painted room or one ornamented with pictures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिनीमुखm. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जमालिन्m. Name of mahā-vīra-'s son-in-law (founder of schism 1. of the Jain church). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जम्बालिनीf. "muddy", a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जम्बुमालिन्m. Name of a rakṣas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जाङ्गलिन्m. idem or 'm. equals gul- '
जटामालिन्m. "garlanded with matted hair", Name of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जटावल्कलिन्mfn. wearing twisted hair and a garment made of bark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झिल्लिन्Name of a vṛṣṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वालामालिन्mfn. flame-garlanded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वालिन्mfn. flaming (śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वलिनीf. Sanseviera Zeylanica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वालिनीf. a mystical Name of the letter v- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्योतिर्मिलिन्m. equals -iṅga- (see nīlamīlika-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काचकामलिन्mfn. afflicted with the preceding disease. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काचलिन्दि varia lectio for kāka-ciñcika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काचिलिन्दिand kācilindika- vv.ll. for kāka-ciñcika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कदलिन्m. a kind of antelope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काहलिन्m. Name of a ṛṣi-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्m. Name of a son of caidyoparicara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्See column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिनाथm. Name of a writer on music. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दm. Terminalia Bellerica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दm. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दm. Name of a mountain on which the river yamunā- rises View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दm. Name of a being attending on skanda- (edition Calc.) ix, 2566 (varia lectio kaliṅga- edition Bomb.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दm. plural Name of a people (edition Calc.) (varia lectio kaliṅga- edition Bomb.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दाf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दn. the water-melon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दmfn. connected with or coming from the river yamunā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दजाf. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दकn. a water-melon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दकन्याf. " kalinda-'s daughter", Name of the river yamunā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दनन्दिनीf. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दशैलजाताf. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दसुताf. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, ' ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दतनयाf. idem or 'f. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दात्मजाf. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, ' ' ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दीf. Name of the river yamunā- (equals kālindī- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीf. a sort of vessel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीf. a sort of trivṛt- with red flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीf. Name of a wife of kṛṣṇa- (a daughter of sūrya- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीf. Name of the wife of asita- and mother of sagara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीf. a patronymic of the river yamunā- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दी(f. of nda- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीभेदनm. equals -karṣaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दिकाf. science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दिकाf. (varia lectio kalandikā-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दिकाf. (equals kal-) science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीकर्षणm. "diverting the yamunā- stream", Name of bala-rāma- (who diverted the yamunā- into a new and devious channel marked out by his ploughshare) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीमाहात्म्यn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीमुकुन्दm. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीपतिm. "the lord of kālindī-", Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीसोदरm. "brother of yamunā-", Name of yama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीसूm. "generator of kālindī-", Name of sūrya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीसूf. (ūs-) "giving birth to kālindī-", Name of one of sūrya-'s wives View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिनीf. pea-plant, pulse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिनीf. "bringing death", Name of the sixth lunar mansion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कल्लिनाथm. Name of a writer on music. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कल्लोलिनीf. a surging stream, river in general View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कल्लोलिनीf. a surging stream, river (gaRa puṣkarādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कामलिन्mfn. suffering from jaundice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कामलिन्m. plural the school of kamala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कमलिनीf. the lotus plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कमलिनीf. a number of lotus plants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कमलिनीf. a pool or place abounding with them View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कमलिनीबन्धुm. idem or 'm. "the lover of the lotus", Name of the sun ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कमलिनीकान्तm. "the lover of the lotus", Name of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कमलोत्पलमालिन्mfn. having garlands of kamala- and utpala- lotuses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काममालिन्m. Name of gaṇeśa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कम्बलिन्mfn. covered with a woollen cloth or blanket, wearing a woollen garment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कम्बलिन्m. "having a dewlap", an ox View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कम्बुमालिनीf. idem or 'f. Andropogon Aciculatus ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कन्दलिन्mfn. covered with kandalī- flowers
कन्दलिन्mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') abounding with, full of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कन्दलिन्m. a kind of deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कङ्कालमालिन्m. idem or 'm. "wearing a necklace of bones", Name of śiva-.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कङ्कालिन्m. Name of a yakṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कङ्कालिनीf. Name of a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालमालिन्mfn. bearing a garland of skulls View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिन्mfn. bearing a pot (to receive food, as a beggar) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिन्mfn. furnished with or bearing skulls View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिन्mf. (ī-, inī-) a man or woman of low caste (son or daughter of a Brahman mother and a fisherman father) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिन्mf. the follower of a particular śaiva- sect (carrying skulls of men as ornament and eating and drinking from them; see kāpālika-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिन्m. Name of śiva- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिन्m. of one of the eleven rudra-s etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिन्m. of a demon causing diseases View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिन्m. of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापालिन्m. "adorned with skulls", Name of śiva- (see kapālin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापालिन्m. Name of a mixed caste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापालिन्m. Name of a son of kṛṣṇa- and yaudhiṣṭhirī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिनmfn. relating to kapālin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिनीf. a form of durgā- (as the wife of śiva-kapālin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिनीf. of a being attending on devī-.
करालिन्mfn. singing with a gaping and distorted mouth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करालिन्m. a tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करमण्डलिन्m. Achyranthes Aspera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करस्थालिन्m. "using the hands for a jar", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कर्णशूलिन्mfn. having ear-ache View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कटमालिनीf. any vinous liquor. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौलिन्दm. plural Name of a people (varia lectio for kauṇinda-)
कौलिन्दm. a prince of that people, iv, 24. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिनागरm. a sensualist, enjoyer of worldly pleasures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिनिकेतनn. equals -gṛha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केतुमालिन्m. Name of a dānava- (metrically also li-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केतुमालिन्m. of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केवलिन्mfn. alone, one, only View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केवलिन्m. "devoted to the doctrine of the absolute unity of spirit", a meditative ascetic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केवलिन्m. "possessing the kevala- (-jñāna-) ", an arhat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलमालिन्mfn. garlanded with threshing-floors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिन्mfn. one who possesses threshing-floors (said of śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिन्m. plural Name of a class of dānava-s, 7282 ff. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिनm. Name of a place (named after the khalin-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिनmn. (see) the bit of a bridle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिनmn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिनीf. a multitude of threshing-floors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिनीf. Anethum graveolens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिनीf. Curculigo orchioides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खट्वाङ्गशूलिन्mfn. bearing the weapons called kh- and śūla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीलालिन्m. a lizard, chameleon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिनmfn. = klinna-, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीलिनीf. the earth (confer, compare adri-- kīlā-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किङ्किणीजालमालिन्mfn. having a circlet of small bells View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किरणमालिन्m. "garlanded with rays", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किरीटमालिन्m. ornamented with a diadem View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किरीटमालिन्m. Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीर्तिमालिनीf. "garlanded with fame", Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्द् cl.1 P. A1. klindati-, te-, to lament (see kland-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्द् pr.p. dat-. See klid-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्दत्mfn. (2. klind-) wet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नmfn. moistened, wet etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नmfn. running (as an eye) Va1rtt. 2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नmfn. rotted, putrefied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नmfn. soft, moved (the heart) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नm. Name of a śākta- author of mantra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नाf. the plant Solanum diffusum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नSee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नहृद्mfn. tender-hearted. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नकmfn. moistened a little commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नकSee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नाक्षmfn. having moist eyes, blear-eyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्ननेत्रmfn. having running eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्ननेत्रmfn. having moist eyes, pitiful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नत्वn. the being wet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नवर्त्मन्n. excess of the lachrymal discharge, watering of the eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोलाहलिन्mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' filled with noise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोशकालिन्m. a kind of aquatic bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुबेरनलिनीf. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुचैलिन्mfn. idem or 'mf(ā-)n. badly clothed ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलकुण्डलिनीf. Name of a particular śakti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलपालिन्mfn. maintaining (the honour of) a family, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिन्mfn. belonging to a noble family gaRa balādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिन्See k/ula-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कूलिन्mfn. furnished with banks or shores gaRa balādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कूलिन्etc. See k/ūla-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिन्दm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिन्दm. a prince of the kulinda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिन्दोपत्यकm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिनीf. the plant Impatiens balsamina View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कूलिनीf. a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुमुदोत्पलिन्mfn. richly furnished with kumuda-s and utpala-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुनलिन्m. the plant Agati grandiflora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुनलिन्etc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिन्mfn. decorated with ear-rings etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिन्mfn. circular, annulate, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिन्m. a snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिन्m. the spotted or painted deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिन्m. a peacock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिन्m. the tree Bauhinia variegata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिन्m. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिन्m. of varuṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिनीf. the plant Coccus cordifolius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिनीf. a particular dish (curds boiled with ghee and rice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिनीf. a śakti- or form of durgā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुशलिन्mfn. healthy, well, prosperous etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुशलिन्mfn. auspicious, favourable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुशलिन्mfn. clever View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुशलिन्mfn. virtuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुशमालिन्m. Name (also title or epithet) of all ocean, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुसुमकेतुमण्डलिन्m. Name of a kiṃnara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुतूहलिन्mfn. curious, highly interested in anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुतूहलिन्mfn. eager, impatient. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लकुलिन्m. Name of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लालाक्लिन्नmfn. wet with saliva View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लालिन्mfn. caressing, fondling, coaxing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लालिन्m. a seducer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लालिनीf. a wanton woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गलिन्mfn. furnished with or possessing a plough (see phāla-kuddāla-l-and yugma-l-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गलिन्m. Name of bala-deva- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गलिन्m. of a preceptor Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गलिन्m. the cocoa-nut tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गलिनीf. Methonica Superba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गूलिन्mfn. tailed, having a tail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गूलिन्m. a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गूलिन्m. a kind of bulbous plant which grows on the hima-vat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गुलिनीf. Name of a river (see lāṅgūlinī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गूलिनीf. Name of a river (see lāṅgulinī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लोकपालिनीf. "world-protectress", Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मदनमालिनी() f. Name of two women. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महाजालिनि(mc. for -) f. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महामहिमशालिन्mfn. mahāmahiman
महामुचिलिन्दm. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महामुचिलिन्दm. Name of a mythical mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महामुचिलिन्दपर्वतm. idem or 'm. Name of a mythical mountain ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महाशल्कलिन्mfn. large-scaled (a fish) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मैलिन्दm. (fr. milinda-) a bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलयमालिन्m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिन्mfn. garlanded, crowned, encircled or surrounded by (instrumental case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिन्m. a gardener, florist (see f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिन्m. Name of a son of the rākṣasa- su-keśa- (see māli-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनmfn. dirty, filthy, impure, soiled, tarnished (literally and figuratively) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनmfn. of a dark colour, gray, dark gray, black etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनm. a religious mendicant wearing dirty clothes (perhaps) a pāśupata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनm. Name of a son of taṃsu- (varia lectio anila-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनf(ā-or ī-). (ā-[ ] or ī-[ ]) a woman during menstruation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनn. a vile or bad action View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनn. buttermilk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनn. water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनn. borax View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनetc. See column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनमनस्mfn. having a foul mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनाम्बुn. "black-fluid", ink View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनमुखmfn. (only ) "dirty-faced, dark-faced", vile, wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनमुखmfn. cruel, fierce View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनमुखm. fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनमुखm. a kind of ape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनमुखm. a departed spirit, ghost, apparition. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनप्रभmfn. whose light is obscured or clouded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनास्यmfn. "dirty-faced, dark-faced", vulgar, low, wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनास्यmfn. savage, cruel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनताf. dirtiness, impurity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनताf. moral impurity, blackness, moral blackness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनात्मन्mfn. having a spotted nature (the moon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनात्मन्mfn. impure-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनत्वn. blackness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनत्वn. moral blackness, wickedness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनयNom. P. yati-, to soil, make dirty, defile, tarnish (literally and figuratively) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिन्द्यm. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनीin compound for malina-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. See next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. the wife of a garland-maker or gardener, female florist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. Name of two plants (= Alhagi Maurorum and agni-śikhā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. (in music) a particular śruti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. Name of various metres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of durgā- and one of her female attendants (also of a girl seven years old representing durgā- at her festival) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of a celestial maiden
मालिनीf. of one of the seven mātṛ-s of skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of a rākṣasī- (mother of vibhīṣaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. N. assumed by draupadī- (while resident with king virāṭa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of the wife of śvetakarṇa- (daughter of su-kāru-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of the wife of priya-vrata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of the wife of ruci- and mother of manu- raucya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of the wife of prasena-jit- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of various rivers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of the celestial Ganges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of a city (equals campā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनीभूP. -bhavati-, to become dirty ; to pass away, vanish commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनीकरmfn. defiling, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनीकरणn. the act of soiling, staining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनीकरणn. an action which defiles, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनीकरणीयmfn. fitted to cause defilement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनीकृP. -karoti-, to make dirty, soil, stain (properly and figuratively) ; to darken, make obscure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनिमन्m. dirtiness, impurity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनिमन्m. blackness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनिमन्m. vileness, wickedness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनितmfn. dirtied, soiled, defiled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनितmfn. tainted, wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीतन्त्रn. Name of a tantra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीविजयm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिन्यmfn. (fr. malina-) gaRa saṃkāśādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिन्यn. foulness, dirtiness, impurity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिन्यn. darkness, obscurity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिन्यn. trouble, shame, affliction (see vadana-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिनाथm. Name of a poet and celebrated commentator (also called kolācala- or peḍḍa- bhaṭṭa-, father of kumāra-svāmin- and viśveśvara-;he lived probably in the 14th or 15th century and wrote commentaries on the raghuvaṃśa-, kumāra-sambhava-, megha-dūta-, śiśupālavadha-, kirātārjunīya-, bhaṭṭi-kāvya-, naiṣadīya- etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिनाथm. of two authors on medicine and grammar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिनाथचरित्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिनीf. Gaertnera Racemosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्mfn. forming a circle or ring, surrounding, enclosing (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. (with vāta- m.) a whirlwind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्mfn. marked with round spots (as a snake) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्mfn. possessing or ruling a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. the ruler of a province (with śaiva-s, a particular order or degree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. a snake or a particular species of snake (see above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. a chameleon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. a cat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. a polecat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. a dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. the Indian fig-tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिनीf. Cocculus Cordifolius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मरीचिमालिन्mfn. garlanded with rays, radiant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मरीचिमालिन्m. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मतिशालिन्mfn. "possessing intelligence", clever, wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिमालिन्mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having anything for a crest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिन्mfn. (fr. mauli-) having anything uppermost or turned upwards (See cakra-m-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिन्mfn. being at the head, chief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिन्mfn. having a diadem or crown, diademed, crested (also applied to śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौर्वीमेखलिन्mfn. wearing a girdle made of mūrvā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मयूखमालिन्m. "wreathed with rays", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मेघमालिन्m. "cloud-wreathed", Name of one of skanda-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मेघमालिन्m. of an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मेघमालिन्m. of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मेखलिन्mfn. idem or 'mfn. wearing a girdle gaRa vrīhy-ādi-.' (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = wearing a girdle of) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मेखलिन्m. a Brahmanical student or brahmacārin- (genitive case plural līnām- Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मेखलिन्m. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मिलीमिलिन्m. Name of śiva- (according to to Scholiast or Commentator fr. a mantra- containing the word mili-repeated twice) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मिलिन्दm. a bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मिलिन्दm. Name of a king (= Menander) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मिलिन्दकm. a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मिलिन्दप्रश्नm. Name of a pāli- work (containing a conversation on nirvāṇa- between king milinda- and the monk nāgasena-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मोकलिन्m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृदंगफलिनीf. equals mṛdaṃgī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृणालिन्m. a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृत्खलिनीf. a species of plant (equals carmakaśā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुचलिन्द varia lectio for mucilinda- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुचिलिन्दm. Pterospermum Suberifolium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुचिलिन्दm. Name of a nāga- (who sheltered the buddha- from a violent storm by coiling himself round him)
मुचिलिन्दm. of the sacred tree protected by this nāga- (under which Buddha seated himself) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुचिलिन्दm. of a cakra-vartin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुचिलिन्दm. of a mountain (also -parvata- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुचिलिन्दाf. Name of a serpent-maid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुचुलिन्दm. a kind of big orange (see mucalinda-and mucilinda-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुखेबलिन्m. a rhinoceros View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुकुलिन्mfn. budding, full of buds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुलालिन्m. a species of edible lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूलिन्mfn. having a root (see phalam-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूलिन्mfn. equals mūla-k/ṛt- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूलिन्m. a plant, tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुण्डमालिनीf. a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुञ्जमेखलिन्m. " muñja--girdled", Name of viṣṇu- or śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुसलिन्mfn. armed with a club, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुसलिन्m. Name of bala-deva- (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुथशिलिन्mfn. from the prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुत्खलिन्m. Name of a deva-putra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नागकुण्डलकुण्डलिन्mfn. wearing a coiled serpent for an earring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नगरमालिन्mfn. garlanded with cities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नखफलिनीf. a kind of pulse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलमालिन्m. "reed-garlanded", Name of an ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनn. (fr. nala-because of its hollow stalk?) a lotus flower or water-lily, Nelumbium Speciosum (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनn. the indigo plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनn. water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनदलn. a leaf of the lotus flower (see nalinī-dala-and nava-nalina-dalāya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनदलm. the Indian crane (see puṣkara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनदलm. Carissa Carandas View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनदलm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिननाभm. "lotus-naveled", Name of viṣṇu-kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनासन, m. "the lotus-throned", Name of brahmā- (wrong reading śana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनेशयm. reclining on a lotus, Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनेशयीf. See below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनिmetric. for - in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीf. (fr. nalina-above or fr. nala-"lotus"as ab-jinī-fr. ab-ja-, padminī-fr. padma-etc.) a lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum (the plant or its stalk) , an assemblage of lotus flowers or a lotus pond etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीf. the Ganges of heaven or rather an arm of it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीf. a myst. Name of one of the nostrils View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीf. a particular class of women (equals padminī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीf. a kind of fragrant substance (equals nalikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीf. the fermented and intoxicating juice of the cocoa-nut View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीf. Name of the wife of aja-mīḍha- and mother of nīla-
नलिनीf. of 2 rivers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीf. having king nala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिनीf. a mystic. Name of one nostril View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनिदल equals -d- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीदलn. a leaf of the lotus plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीदलमयmf(ī-)n. consisting of lotus leaves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीगुल्मn. Name of an adhyayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीगुल्मn. of a vimāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीकmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = nalinī-1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीकाf. a particular pot-herb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीखण्डn. an assemblage of lotus flowers on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीनन्दनn. Name of a garden of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीपद्मकोशm. Name of a particular position of the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीपत्त्रn. equals -dala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीरुहm. "lotus-born", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीरुहn. the fibres of a lotus-stalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीसंवर्तिकाf. the young leaf of a water-lily, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नरमालिनीf. wrong reading for -māninī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नरपालिनीf. equals -māninī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नवमालिनीf. Name of a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नवनलिनदलायNom. A1. yate- (parasmE-pada yamāna-), to resemble the leaf of a fresh lotus blossom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नयशालिन्mfn. endowed with political wisdom or prudence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीलनिचोलिन्mfn. wearing a black mantle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीलोत्पलिन्m. n. of mañju-śrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीलोत्पलिनीf. a pond with blue water-lilies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निमीलिन्mfn. having the eyelids shut (as a face) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
न्रस्थिमालिन्mfn. wearing a garland of human bones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
न्रस्थिमालिन्m. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पादालिन्दm. equals pādāraka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पादालिन्दीf. a boat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पद्ममालिन्mfn. lotus-garlanded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पद्ममालिन्m. Name of a rakṣas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पद्ममालिनीf. Name of śrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलालिनmfn. Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिन्mfn. protecting, guarding, keeping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिन्m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') a ruler, king of. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिन्m. Name of a son of pṛthu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिन्दm. incense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिन्दm. Jasminum Pubescens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिन्दf. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिन्धीf. a species of Ipomoea with dark blossoms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिन्दीf. Ichnocarpus Frutescens (also ndi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिनीf. Ficus Heterophylla View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाण्डुकम्बलिन्mfn. () covered or lined with a white woollen blanket. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पङ्कजमालिन्mfn. wearing a lotus-crown (viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिक्लिन्नmfn. ( klid-) very wet, excessively moist or humid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पार्श्वमण्डलिन्m. Name of a particular posture in dancing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाशकपालिन्mfn. having a noose and a skull View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पताकाध्वजमालिन्mfn. garlanded with flags and banners View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाटलिन्mfn. possessing trumpet-flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पौलिन्यmfn. (fr. pulina-) gaRa saṃkāśādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पेलिन्m. a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फालकुद्दाललाङ्गलिन्mfn. furnished with a hoe and a spade and a plough View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलमूलिन्mfn. having (edible) fruit and roots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलशालिन्mfn. yielding wages View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलशालिन्mfn. experiencing consequences, sharing in results ( phalaśālitva li-tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिन्mfn. bearing or yielding fruit, fruitful (met. = productive of results or consequences) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिन्mfn. reaping advantage, successful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिन्mfn. having an iron point (as an arrow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिन्m. a fruit tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिन्m. (with yoni-) the vagina injured by too violent sexual intercourse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिनmfn. bearing fruit (see Va1rtt. 4 ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिनm. the bread-fruit tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिनीf. a species of plant (equals agni-śikhā-or priyaṅgu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फुल्लनलिनीf. a lotus plant in full bloom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिलिन्दवत्सm. Name of a disciple of gautama- buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिङ्गलिन्mfn. reddish-brown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पोलिन्दm. the mast or the ribs of a ship or boat (see padāra-, raka-, pādālinda-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्लिन्नmfn. moist, humid, wet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्लिन्नmfn. putrefied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्लिन्नmfn. moved with compassion or sympathy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्लिन्नहृदयेक्षणmfn. having the heart and eyes moist (with affection) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्लिन्नत्वn. being moist or humid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्लिन्नवर्त्मन्n. a kind of disease of the eyelids (see klinna-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रमीलिन्m. Name of a demon (who causes closed eyes or faintness) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राञ्जलिन्() equals prāñjali-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रपालिन्m. "protector", Name of baladeva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिक्रियाशूलिनीस्तोत्रn. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिपालिन्mfn. guarding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनmn. (gaRa ardarcādi-) a sandbank, a small island or bank in the middle of a river, an islet, a sandy beach (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनm. the bank of a river (equals tīra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनm. Name of a mythical being conquered by garuḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनm. of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनद्वीपशोभितmfn. beautified by shoals and islets View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनजघनाf. having sandbanks for hips (said of the gambhīrā- river personified as a female) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनमण्डितmfn. adorned with sandbanks or islets View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनप्रदेशm. situation or place of an island View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनवतीf. (prob.) Name of a river gaRa ajirādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दm. plural () Name of a barbarous tribe etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दm. (sg.) a man or the king of this tribe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दm. a barbarian, mountaineer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दm. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दm. the mast or rib of a ship (equals polinda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दाf. Name of a serpent-maid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दm. (in music), Name of a rāga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दसेनm. Name (also title or epithet) of a kaliṅga- king, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दीf. a Pulinda woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दिकाf. (in music) equals pulindī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दुकm. plural Name of a barbarous tribe (= pulinda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दुकm. (sg.) Name of a king of the pulinda- and śabara- and bhilla-
पुलिन्दुकm. of a son of ārdraka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुरमालिनीf. "crowned with castles", Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुरुषास्थिमालिन्m. "wearing a necklace of human skulls", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्वपालिन्m. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्वपालिन्m. of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्वत्रैयलिन्दmfn. (fr. next) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्वत्र्यलिन्दName of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्करमालिन्m. "wearing a lotus-wreath", Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्पमालिन्mfn. wearing a flower-garlands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्पशकलिन्m. "having flower-like scales", a kind of serpent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रक्तकमलिनीf. a group of red lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रङ्कुमालिन्m. Name of a vidyā-dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रसकदम्बकल्लोलिनीf. Name of a commentator or commentary on gīta-govinda-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रश्मिमालिन्mfn. encircled or garlanded with rays View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रश्मिमालिन्mfn. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रततालिन्m. a libertine, voluptuary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रत्नमालिन्mfn. adorned with a neck lace of jewels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रुक्ममालिन्m. Name of a son of bhīṣmaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रूपशालिन्mfn. possessed of beauty, handsome, beautiful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शब्दचालिनृत्यn. a kind of dance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाद्वलिन्mfn. covered with grass, grassy, green View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सद्वृत्तशालिन्mfn. sadvṛtta
सहजमलिनmfn. naturally dirty, spotty by nature View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सहालिन्m. "plough-mate (?)", Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सैचालिनmfn. (fr. secālin-) gaRa suvāstv-ādi- ( saivālin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलालिन्m. (plural) the school of śilālin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलालिन्m. (sg.) an actor, dancer (see śailūṣa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलिनm. (fr. śilina-) Name of a preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलिनिm. idem or 'm. (fr. śilina-) Name of a preceptor ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैवलिन्mfn. idem or 'mfn. covered with śaivala- plants gaRa tārakādi-.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैवालिन्mfn. equals śaivalin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सैवालिन(or śaiv-) mfn. (fr. sevālin-,or śev-) gaRa suvāstv-ādi- (varia lectio saicālina-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैवलिनीf. a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शकलिन्m. "having scales", a fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाकलिन्m. (see śakalin-) a fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शकुलिन्m. a fish (prob. wrong reading for śakalin- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिन्mfn. possessing a house or room etc. gaRa vrīhy-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिन्mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') possessing, abounding in, full of, possessed of, amply provided or furnished with, conversant with, distinguished for etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिन्mfn. praiseworthy (see śāl-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिन्m. Name of a teacher
शालिन्m. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिनाथm. (also with miśra-) Name of various authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिनीf. a kind of metre (four times $ $) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शल्कलिन्mfn. having scales (See mahā-ś-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शल्कलिन्m. a fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाल्मलिन्m. Name of garuḍa- (see śālmali-stha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाल्मलिनीf. the silk-cotton tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समाक्लिन्नmfn. ( klid-) well moistened, wet (with vasu- n.prob. = "food and drink") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समशीलिन्mfn. idem or 'mf(ā-)n. having the same customs or character ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संघर्षशालिन्mfn. envious, jealous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संहतिशलिन्mfn. thick, dense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समितिशालिन्mfn. warlike, brave View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संक्लिन्नmfn. ( klid-) thoroughly wet or moistened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्मोहमौलिन्mfn. having illusion for stupefying, infatuating, bewitching, fascinating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समुद्रमालिन्mfn. sea-wreathed (the earth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शङ्खमालिनीf. Andropogon Aciculatus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शङ्खपोटलिन्m. a particular mixture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शरत्कालिनmfn. autumnal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सार्चिमालिन्m. a particular spell recited over weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्पमालिन्m. Name of a ṛṣi- (varia lectio sarpi-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्पिर्मालिन्m. Name of a ṛṣi- (varia lectio sapa-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वस्वफलिन्mfn. with all one's possessions and fruits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ससितोत्पलमालिन्mfn. wreathed with white lotus flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सस्यमालिन्mfn. "corn-wreathed", abounding in corn or crops (as the earth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सस्यशालिन्mfn. equals -pūrṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शतफलिन्m. a bamboo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सत्फलिन्mfn. bearing good fruits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
षट्तिलिन्mfn. one who on certain festivals performs six acts with tila- or sesamum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सत्त्वशालिन्mfn. energetic, courageous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सत्यशीलिन्( ) mfn. addicted to truth. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सेचालिन् gaRa suvāstv-ādi- (varia lectio sevālin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सेवालिन्mfn. (fr. savāla-See śev-) gaRa suvāstv-ādi- ( secālin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शेवलिनीf. (see śaivalinī-) a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिलालिन्m. Name of the supposed author of particular naṭa-- sūtra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीलशालिन्mfn. possessed of virtue or good conduct View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिलिन्m. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीलिन्mfn. virtuous, moral, honest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीलिन्mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having the custom of, habituated or used to, practising View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिलिनm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिलिन्दm. a kind of fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सिन्धुपुलिन्दm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिरःकपालिन्mfn. carrying a skull View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिरःकपालिन्m. a religious mendicant who carries about a human skull (as a symbol of having abandoned the world) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिरोमालिन्m. "garlanded with skulls", Name of śiva-
शीतमयूखमालिन्m. the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्मितशालिन्mfn. having smiles, smiling, laughing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सृगालिनीf. a female jackal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रीमालिनीविजयोत्तरn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रुतकेवलिन्m. Name of a class of jaina- arhat-s (of whom six are enumerated) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रुतशालिन्mfn. possessed of knowledge, learned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थलकमलिनीf. Hibiscus Mutabilis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थलनलिनीf. Hibiscus Mutabilis (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' (nīka-) mfn.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थालिन्mfn. possessing any vessel or receptacle (see kara-sth-) , Va1rtt. 1
स्थलोत्पलिनीf. Hibiscus Mutabilis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थूलिन्m. (see sthūrin-) a camel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुकालिन्( ) m. plural Name of a class of pitṛ-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिन्mfn. having a dart or pike, armed with a spear etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिन्mfn. one who suffers from sharp internal pain or from colic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिन्m. a spearman, lancer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिन्m. Name of rudra- śiva- (as holding a trident) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिन्m. a hare View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिन्m. Name of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुलिन्mfn. (fr. sul/a-) gaRa balādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिनm. the Indian fig-tree (equals bhāṇḍīra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिनीf. See below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिनीf. Name of durgā- (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिनीदुर्गादिग्बन्धनn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिनीकल्पm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिनीकवचn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिनीमन्त्रकल्पm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिनीविधानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमालिन्m. "well-garlanded", Name of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमालिन्m. of a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमालिन्m. of a Brahman (son of veda-māli-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमलिनmfn. very dirty or polluted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमालिनीf. Name of a gandharvī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुनयशालिन्mfn. wise, clever View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुप्तमालिन्m. Name of the 23rd kalpa- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुशीलिन्mfn. (equals la-vat-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुशूलिनीदण्डकm. or n. (?) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वतेजोरश्मिमालिन्mfn. surrounded with a garland of rays of one's own splendour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्ववक्लिन्नmfn. well soaked or macerated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्यानपुलिनmfn. having dry sandbanks (as a river in the hot season) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैलमालिन्m. a wick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैलिन्m. equals lika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैलिनीf. a wick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैलिनीf. equals la-kīṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैतिलिन्m. Name of a man (equals la-) Va1rtt. 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिन्mfn. equals la-tra-vat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिन्mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिन्mfn. furnished with cymbals (śiva-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिन्mfn. ( tal-) placing upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिन्m. plural the pupils of tala- gaRa śaunakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनmf(ā-)n. thin, fine (see luna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनmf(ā-)n. "slender, meagre", in compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनmf(ā-)n. small, little View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनmf(ā-)n. separate, having spaces View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनmf(ā-)n. clear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' (fr. la-) covered with, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनm. Name of a man , (varia lectio nal-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनn. a couch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनोदरीf. a slender-waisted woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तमालिनीf. a place overgrown with tamāla- trees gaRa puṣkarādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तमालिनीf. equals tāmra-lipta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तमालिनीf. equals tamakā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्बूलिन्mfn. having betel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्बूलिन्m. equals lika-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्बूलिन्m. equals la-da- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तण्डुलिन्mfn. for la- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तरंगमालिन्m. "wave-garlanded", the sea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तत्कुलिनmfn. of that family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तौलिन्m. equals tulā-dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तिग्ममयूखमालिन्m. "garlanded with hot rays", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तिमिमालिन्m. "Timim2gilas-garlanded", the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रैलोक्यमालिन्m. Name of a daitya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रैयलिन्दmfn. fr. try-- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिशूलिन्m. "bearing the trident", śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिशूलिनीf. durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्र्यलिन्दName of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तुलिनी li-phalā- See tūl-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तूलिनीf. the cotton tree (also tul- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तूलिनीf. a kind of bulb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उच्छिष्टचाण्डालिनीf. Name of a goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उच्चिलिन्गm. (= dāḍimī-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उद्दालिन्m. equals ud-dala- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उलिन्दm. Name of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उलिन्दm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उल्कामालिन्m. "wearing a wreath of firebrands", Name of a demon causing diseases View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उलूखलिन्mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' idem or 'mfn. (See dantolūkhalika-.)' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपक्लिन्नmfn. wet, moist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपक्लिन्नmfn. rotten, putrid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपमालिनीf. a particular metre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपमालिनीतीरम्ind. near the banks of the mālinī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उरःशूलिन्mfn. suffering from the above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊर्ध्वमण्डलिन्m. a particular position of the hands in dancing. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊर्मिमालिन्mfn. wreathed with waves, having waves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊर्मिमालिन्m. the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्खलिन्m. Name of a Buddhist deity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्पलिन्mfn. abounding in lotus-flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्पलिनीf. an assemblage of lotus-flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्पलिनीf. a lotus (Nymphaea) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्पलिनीf. a particular metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्पलिनीf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्पलिनीf. Name of a dictionary. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तमफलिनीf. the plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Asclepias Rosea Roxb.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्थानशीलिन्mfn. active, zealous, diligent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वदनमालिन्यn. a troubled face, shame-faced appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैशालिनीf. patronymic fr. viśāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैतालिन्m. Name of one of skanda-'s attendants
वक्कलिन्m. (prākṛ-.for valkalin-) Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वक्षोमण्डलिन्m. (scilicet hasta-) a particular position of the hands in dancing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिन्m. (also written bālin-) "haired or tailed", Name of a daitya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिन्m. of a monkey (son of indra- and elder brother of the monkey-king su-grīva-, during whose absence from kiṣkindha- vālin- usurped the throne, but when su-grīva- returned he escaped to ṛṣyamūka-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलिनmfn. shrivelled, wrinkled, flaccid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिनीf. the constellation aśvinī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्कलिन्mfn. yielding bark (as a branch) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्कलिन्mfn. clothed in a bark-dress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्लिनीf. equals valli-dūrvā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिन्mfn. equals -māla- (said of viṣṇu-kṛṣṇa-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिन्m. (in music) a kind of measure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिन्m. Name of various authors (also with bhaṭṭa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिनीf. Dioscorea or equals varāhī- (prob. a kind of plant, accord. to others,"the female energy of kṛṣṇa-") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिनीf. Name of the town dvārakā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वराहकालिन्m. a kind of sunflower, Helianthus Annuus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वसावशेषमलिन(vasan-) mfn. soiled with the remains of fat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेतसमालिन्mfn. wreathed with reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विचालिन्See a-vicālita- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीचिमालिन्m. "wave-garlanded", the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विचूलिन्mfn. having no crest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विद्यानुपालिन्mfn. (n-) cherishing or encouraging science, acquiring learning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विद्यानुपालिन्mfn. faithfully preserving (traditional) learning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विद्युन्मालिन्mfn. wreathed with lightning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विद्युन्मालिन्m. Name of an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विद्युन्मालिन्m. of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विद्युन्मालिन्m. of a god View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विद्युन्मालिन्m. of a vidyā-dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विजयमालिन्m. Name of a merchant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विकरालिन्mfn. hot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विकरालिन्m. heat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विक्लिन्दुm. a kind of disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विक्लिन्नmfn. softened (by cooking) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विक्लिन्नmfn. dissolved, decayed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विक्लिन्नहृदयmfn. soft-hearted, one whose heart is easily moved with pity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिनाथm. (with kavi-) Name of a poet (author of the drama madana-mañjarī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विपुलिनाम्बुरुहmfn. having no sandbanks nor lotus-flowers (as a river) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीर्यशालिन्mfn. possessing vigour or heroism, strong, heroic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विशेषशालिन्mfn. possessing peculiar merit or excellence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृद्धशीलिन्mfn. having the nature or disposition of an old man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृद्धशीलिन्mfn. weak from age, decrepit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृत्तशालिन्mfn. equals -yukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्ययशालिन्() mfn. disposed to prodigality, wasteful, spendthrift. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यमकालिन्दीf. Name of saṃjñā- (mother of yama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
योगकुण्डलिनी f. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युद्धशालिन्mfn. warlike, valiant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युगलिन्mfn. (prob.) egoistical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युग्मलाङ्गलिन्mfn. possessing two ploughs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युववलिनmf(ā-)n. having wrinkles in youth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
     Apte Search  
121 results
     
lindu लिन्दु a. Ved. Slimy, slippery (पिच्छिल); लिन्दु माभिगाम् Ch. Up.8.14.1.
aklinna अक्लिन्न a. Not wet or moist; ˚वर्त्मन् a sort of disease of the eyes.
amalina अमलिन a. Clean, spotless, pure (morally also); कुलममलिनं न त्वेवायं जनो न च जीवितम् Māl 2.2.
ālindaḥ आलिन्दः दकः [अलिन्द एव स्वार्थे अण्] 1 A terrace before a house. -2 A raised place for sleeping upon; see अलिन्द.
ālin आलिन् m. A scorpion.
ilinī इलिनी N. of the daughter of मेधातिथि.
īlinaḥ ईलिनः N. of a son of Tamsu and father of Duṣyanta. -नी f. N. of a daughter of Medhātithi; Hariv.
utpalin उत्पलिन् a. Abounding in lotus flowers. -नी 1 An assemblage of lotus flowers. -2 A lotus plant having lotuses. -3 A species of the Atijagatī metre (चन्द्रिका q. v.). -4 N. of a Dictionary.
ulindaḥ उलिन्दः 1 N. of a country. -2 N. of Śiva.
kadalin कदलिन् m. A kind of antelope.
kapālin कपालिन् a. 1 Furnished with or having a skull; Y.3.243. -2 Wearing skulls. कपालि वा स्यादथवेन्दुशेखरम् (वपुः) Ku.5.78. -m. 1 An epithet of Śiva; करं कर्णे कुर्वन्त्यपि किल कपालिप्रभृतयः G. L.28. -2 A man of low caste (offspring of a Brāhmaṇa mother to fisherman father.). -नी N. of Durgā.
kamalinī कमलिनी 1 A lotus-plant; साभ्रे$ह्नीव स्थलकमलिनीं न प्रवुद्धां न सुप्ताम् Me.94; रम्यान्तरः कमलिनीहरितैः सरोभिः Ś.4.11; R.9.3,19.11. -2 An assemblage of lotuses. -3 A place abounding with lotuses. -Comp. -कान्तः, -बन्धुः N. of the sun.
kambalin कम्बलिन् a. Covered with a blanket. -m. A bullock, ox. -Comp. -वाह्यक a carriage covered with blankets and drawn by oxen, a bullock-cart.
karālin करालिन् m. A kind of horse having a gaping mouth and projecting teeth; हीनदन्तो$धिकश्चैव कराली कृष्णतालुकः । मुशली च तथा शृङ्गी षडेते स्वामिघातकाः ॥ Śalihotra of भोज.
kalindaḥ कलिन्दः 1 N. of the mountain on which the Yamunā rises. -2 The sun. -3 The Bibhītaka plant. -Comp. -कन्या, -जा, -तनया, -नन्दिनी, -सुता epithet of the river Yamunā; कलिन्दकन्या मथुरां गतापि R.6.48; कलिन्दजानीर Bv.2.12, Gīt.3. -गिरिः the Kalinda mountain. ˚जा, ˚तनया, ˚नन्दिनी epithets of the river Yamunā; Bv.4.3,4.
kallolinī कल्लोलिनी A river; स्वर्लोककल्लोलिनि त्वं पापं तिरयाधुना मम भवव्यालावलीढात्मनः G. L.5; so विपुलपुलिनाः कल्लोलिन्यः
kāpālin कापालिन् m. N. of Śiva; रुद्राणामिव कापाली Mb.7.6.5.
kāmalin कामलिन् a. Suffering from jaundice.
linī कालिनी N. of the sixth lunar mansion.
linda कालिन्द a. (-न्दी f.) [कलिन्द-अण्] Connected with or coming from the mountain Kalinda or the river Yamunā. -न्दी 1 The river Yamunā; कालिन्द्याः पुलिनेषु केलिकुपिताम् Ve.1.2; R.15.28; Śānti.4.13. -2 A sort of vessel. -3 N. of a wife of Kṛiṣṇa. (a daughter of Sūrya). -न्दम् A water melon. -Comp. -कर्षणः, -भेदनः an epithet of Balarāma q. v. -सूः f. Saṁjñā (-संज्ञा), a wife of the sun. (-m.) the sun. -सोदरः Yama, the god of death.
kīlālin कीलालिन् A lizard, chameleon.
kuṇḍalin कुण्डलिन् (-नी f.) 1 Decorated with ear-rings. -2 Circular, spiral. -3 Winding, coiling (as a serpent). -m. 1 A snake. वामाङ्गीकृतवामाङ्गि कुण्डलीकृतकुण्डलि Udb. -2 A peacock. -3 An epithet of Varuṇa, and of Śiva. -4 The spotted or painted deer. -5 The golden mountain; काञ्चनाद्रौ सर्पे पुंसि तु कुण्डली Nm. -नी A form of Durgā or Śakti. -2 N. of a नाडी in Yoga. कुण्डली kuṇḍalī कुण्डलिका kuṇḍalikā कुण्डली कुण्डलिका A kind of sweetmeat (Mar. जिलेबी.)
kutūhalin कुतूहलिन् a. 1 Desirous, struck with curiosity; Māl. 1. -2 Eager, impatient; न जातु स्यात्कुतूहली Ms.4.63.
kulin कुलिन् a. (-नी f.) Of good family, high born. -m. A mountain.
kulindaḥ कुलिन्दः (pl.) N. of a country and its rulers.
kuśalin कुशलिन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Happy, doing well, prosperous; अथ भगवांल्लोकानुग्रहाय कुशली काश्यपः Ś.5; R.5. Me.114. कुशलिनी वत्सस्य वार्तापि नो । S. D. -2 Of lower caste; 'कुशलिनं कारुकं चण्डालविशेषमित्यर्थः' Nīlakaṇṭha's commentary on Mb.12.291.7. [पापानुबन्धं यत्कर्म यद्यपि स्यान्महाफलम् । तन्न सेवेत मेधावी शुचिः कुशलिनं यथा ॥]
lin कूलिन् a. Furnished with banks of shores.
kevalin केवलिन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Alone, only. -2 Devoted to the doctrine of absolute unity of the spirit; Bhāg.4.25.39. -3 one who has obtained the highest knowledge (Jaina Phil.)
klinna क्लिन्न a. 1 Wet, moistened; running (as an eye). -2 Rotted, putrified; Charak 1.11,27. -3 Soft, moved (as heart); क्लिन्नधियं च मातरम् Bhāg.4.3.1;9.11.5. -Comp. -अक्ष a. blear-eyed. -वर्त्मन् n. watering of the eyes. -हृद् a. tender-hearted.
klind क्लिन्द् 1 U. (क्लिन्दति-ते) To lament.
khalin खलिन् a. Having sediment. -m. N. of Śiva.
khalinī खलिनी A multitude of threshing floors. P.IV.2.51.
gaṇḍalin गण्डलिन् m. N. of Śiva.
garalin गरलिन् a. Poisonous.
linī गालिनी A particular position of the fingers.
lin चूलिन् a. Having a crest.
chalin छलिन् m. A cheat, swindler, rogue.
jambālinī जम्बालिनी A river.
linī जालिनी 1 A room ornamented with pictures. -2 A kind of melon (कोषातकी). -3 Certain boils or pustules which appear in the disease called प्रमेह.
jvālin ज्वालिन् a. [ज्वल्-णिनि] 1 Flaming, blazing. -2 Shining. -m. An epithet of Śiva.
jhillin झिल्लिन् m. N. of a Vṛiṣṇi.
ṭhālinī ठालिनी A girdle.
ḍhālin ढालिन् m. A warrior armed with a shield.
tamālinī तमालिनी A place over-grown with Tamāla trees.
talina तलिन a. [तल्-इनन् Uṇ.2.53] 1 Thin, meagre, spare. -2 Small, little. -3 Clear, clean. -4 Situated under or beneath. -5 Weak. -6 Separate. -7 Fine, very thin; क्षोणीकान्तमृणालतन्तुतलिनास्ताम्यन्ति तारापतेः Vikr.11.8. -8 Covered with; Vikr.14.61. -नम् A bed, couch. -उदरी a. a slender-waisted woman; स्नानावसाने तलिनोदरीणामकृत्रिमं मण्डनमाविरासीत् Vikr.1.88.
tāmbūlin ताम्बूलिन् a. Relating to betel. -m. A servant who prepares the Tāmbūla and gives it to his master when wanted.
lin तालिन् m. N. of Śiva.
linī तूलिनी = तूलिफला above.
tailinī तैलिनी The wick of a lamp.
tailinam तैलिनम् A field of sesamum.
taulin तौलिन् m. 1 A weigher. -2 The sign Libra of the zodiac.
nalinaḥ नलिनः The (Indian) crane. -नम् 1 A lotus-flower, water-lily. -2 Water. -3 The Indigo plant. (नलिनेशयः an epithet of Visnu.)
nalinī नलिनी 1 A lotus-plant; न पर्वताग्रे नलिनी प्ररोहति Mk.4.17; नलिनीदलगतजलमतितरलम् Moha M.5; Ku.4.6. -2 An assemblage of lotuses. -3 A pond or place abounding in lotuses. राजन्तीं राजराजस्य नलिनीमिव सर्वतः Rām.2.95.4; नलिन्यो यत्र क्रीडन्ति प्रमदाः सुरसेविताः Bhāg.8.15.13. -4 A lotus or the stalk of it. -5 The celestial Ganges. -6 The intoxicating juice of the cocoa-nut. -7 A myst. -8 N. of one of the nostrils. -9 the city of Indra (शक्रपुरी); 'वस्वौकसारा श्रीदस्य शक्रस्य नलिनी पुरी' इति हरिः; Rām.2.94. 26. -Comp. -खण्डम् -षण्डम् a group or assemblage of lotuses. -दलम्, पत्रम् a leaf of the lotus plant. -रुहः an epithet of Brahmā. (-हम्) a lotus-stalk, the fibres of a lotus.
linī नालिनी A mystic name of one nostril; Bhāg.
linī नीलिनी नीलिमन् m. Blue colour, darkness, blueness; प्रारम्भे$पि त्रियामा तरुणयति निजं नीलिमानं वनेषु Māl.5.6; कज्जल- मलिनविलोचनचुम्बनविरचितनीलिमरूपम् Gīt. नीली(-लिः) 1 The indigo plant; तत्र नीलीरसपरिपूर्णं महाभाण्डमासीत् Pt.1; एको ग्रहस्तु मीनानां नीलीमद्यपयोर्यथा Pt.1.26; Ms.1.89. -2 A species of blue fly. -3 A kind of disease. -Comp. -राग a. firm in attachment. (-गः) 1 affection as unchangeable as the colour of indigo, unalterable or unswerving attachment; नीलिरागो दृढप्रेमा Yādava (see also नीलस्नेहः); न चातिशोभते यन्नापैति प्रेम मनोगतम् । तन्नीलीरागमाख्यान्ति यथा श्रीरामसीतयोः ॥ S. D. -2 a firm and constant friend. -संधानम् fermentation of indigo. ˚भाण्डम् an indigo vat.
lindaḥ पालिन्दः Incense.
pulinaḥ पुलिनः नम् [पुल्-इनन् किच्च; Uṇ.2.53.] 1 A sandbank, sandy beach; रमते यमुनापुलिनवने विजयी मुरारिरधुना Gīt.7; R.14.52; sometimes used in pl.; कालिन्द्याः पुलिनेषु केलिकुपितामुत्सृज्य रासे रसम् Ve.1.2. -2 A small island left in the bank of a river by the passing off of the water, an islet -3 The bank of a river.
pulinavatī पुलिनवती A river. पुलिन्दः pulindḥ पुलिन्दकः pulindakḥ पुलिन्दः पुलिन्दकः 1 N. of a barbarous tribe (usually in pl.). -2 A man of this tribe, a savage, bar- barian, mountaineer; वन्यैः पुलिन्दैरिव वानरैस्ताः क्लिश्यन्त उद्यानलता मदीयाः R.16.19,32. -3 A hunter; तेषामन्तराणि वागुरिकशबरपुलिन्दचण्डालारण्यचरा रक्षेयुः Kau. A.2.1.19.
pelinī पेलिनी Cabbage (Mar. कोबी); Gīrvāṇa.
polindaḥ पोलिन्दः The mast of a ship.
praklinna प्रक्लिन्न p. p. 1 Moist, humid, wet. -2 Satisfied (तृप्त). -3 Moved with pity. -4 Putrefied.
prapālin प्रपालिन् m. An epithet of Balarāma.
phalin फलिन् a. [फल अस्त्यर्थे इनि] 1 Fruitful, bearing or yielding fruit (fig. also); पुष्पिणः फलिनश्चैव वृक्षास्तूभयतः स्मृताः Ms.1.47; Mk.4.1. -2 Advantageous, profitable. -m. A tree; यथा प्रसूयमानस्तु फली दद्यात् फलं बहु Mb.14.18.2.
phalin फलिन् a. [फल्-इनच्] Fruitful, bearing fruit; ताम्बूली- पटलैः पिनद्ध फलिनव्यानम्रपूगद्रुमाः Māl.6.19. -नः The breadfruit tree.
phalinī फलिनी फली The Priyaṅgu creeper; (said by poets to be the 'wife' of the mango tree; cf. मिथुनं परिकल्पितं त्वया सहकारः फलिनी च नन्विमौ R.8.61).
balin बलिन् a. [बलमस्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Strong, powerful, mighty कुलध्वजस्तानि चलध्वजानि निवेशयामास बली बलानि R.16.37 Ms.7.174. -2 Stout, robust. -m 1 A buffalo. -2 A hog. -3 A camel. -4 A bull. -5 A soldier. -6 A kind of jasmine. -7 The phlegmatic humour. -8 An epithet of Balarāma.
balina बलिन बलिभ See वलिन-भ.
lin बालिन् m. N. of a monkey; see वालि.
linī बालिनी The constellation Aśvini.
bhagālin भगालिन् m. An epithet of Śiva.
maṇḍalin मण्डलिन् a. [मण्डल-इनि] 1 Forming a circle, made up into a coil; बाता मण्डलिनस्तीव्रा व्यपसव्यं प्रचक्रमुः Rām.6. 17.21. -2 Ruling a country. -m. 1 A particular kind of snake. -2 A snake in general. -3 A cat. -4 The pole-cat. -5 A dog. -6 The sun. -7 The fig-tree. -8 The ruler of a province.
malina मलिन a. [मल अस्त्यर्थे इनन्] 1 Dirty, foul, filthy, impure, unclean, soiled, stained, sullied (fig. also); धन्यास्तदङ्गरजसा मलिनीभवन्ति Ś.7.17; किमिति मुधा मलिनं यशः कुरुध्वे Ve.3.4. -2 Black, dark (fig. also); मलिनमपि हिमांशोर्लक्ष्म लक्ष्मीं तनोति Ś.1.2; अतिमलिने कर्तव्ये भवति खलानामतीव निपुणा धीः Vās; Śi.9.18. -3 Sinful, wicked, depraved; धियो हि पुंसां मलिना भवन्ति H.1.26; मलिनाचरितं कर्म सुरभेर्नन्वसांप्रतम् Kāv.2.178. -4 Low, vile, base; लघवः प्रकटीभवन्ति मलिनाश्रयतः Śi.9.23. -5 Clouded, obscured. -नम् 1 Sin, fault, guilt. -2 Butter-milk. -3 Borax. -4 A dirty cloth; ततो मलिनसंबीतां राक्षसीभिः समावृताम् Rām.5.15.18. -ना, -नी A woman during menstruation. -Comp. -अम्बु n. 'black water', ink. -आस्य a. 1 having a dirty or black face. -2 low, vulgar. -3 savage, cruel. -प्रभ a. obscured, soiled, clouded. -मुख a. = मलिनास्य q. v. (-खः) 1 fire. -2 a ghost, an evil spirit. -3 a kind of monkey (गोलाङ्गूल).
malinatā मलिनता त्वम् 1 Dirtiness, filthiness. -2 Sinfulness, wickedness, depravity, corruption.
malinayati मलिनयति Den. P. 1 To make dirty, soil, stain, defile, sully, spoil (fig. also); वक्त्रोष्मणा मलिनयन्ति पुरोगतानि R.5.73; यदा मेधाविनी शिष्योपदेशं मलिनयति तदाचार्यस्य दोषो ननु M.1 'stains or brings discredit on' &c. -2 To corrupt, deprave.
malinita मलिनित a. 1 Dirty, soiled. -2 Corrupt. -3 Wicked, depraved.
maliniman मलिनिमन् m. [मलिन-इमनिच्] 1 Dirtiness, foulness, impurity. -2 Blackness, darkness; मलिनिमालिनि माधव- योषिताम् Śi.6.4. -3 Moral impurity, sin.
malinīkṛ मलिनीकृ 8 U. 1 To soil, stain. -2 To darken, obscure.
malinībhū मलिनीभू 1 P. To become dirty or impure, be soiled.
lin मालिन् a. [माला अस्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Wearing a garland. -2 (At the end of comp.) Crowned or wreathed with, encircled by; समुद्रमालिनी पृथ्वी; so अंशुमालिन्, मरीचि- मालिन्, ऊर्मिमालिन् &c.; व्यराजतादित्य इवार्चिमाली Rām.5.54. 48; युवतिषु कोमलमाल्यमालिनीषु Śi.7.61. -m. 1 A gardener. -2 A garland-maker, florist. -नी 1 A female florist, the wife of a garland-maker. -2 N. of the city of Champā. -3 A girl seven years old representing Durgā at the Durgā festival. -4 N. of Durgā. -5 The celestial Ganges. -6 N. of a metre; see App. ननमय- ययुतेयं मालिनी भोगिलोकैः V. Ratna. -7 N. of the mother of Bibhīṣaṇa. -8 N. assumed by Draupadī while residing at the Court of Virāṭa. -9 N. of a river; Ś.3.7. -1 (In music) A particular श्रुति.
linyam मालिन्यम् [मलिनस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Dirtiness, foulness, impurity. -2 Pollution, defilement. -3 Sinfulness. -4 Blackness. -5 Trouble, affliction.
milindaḥ मिलिन्दः A bee; परिणतमकरन्दमार्मिकास्ते जगति भवन्तु चिरायुषो मिलिन्दाः Bv.1.8,15. -Comp. -प्रश्नः N. of a Pāli work.
milindakaḥ मिलिन्दकः A kind of snake.
milīmilin मिलीमिलिन् m. An epithet of Śiva.
mucilindaḥ मुचिलिन्दः A kind of tree and flower; see मुचकुन्द.
muculindaḥ मुचुलिन्दः A kind of big orange; Rām.5.2.9.
musalin मुसलिन् m. [मुसल-इनि] 1 An epithet of Balarāma. -2 Of Śiva.
lin मूलिन् m. A tree.
lina मूलिन a. Growing from a root. -नः A plant, tree.
mṛṇālin मृणालिन् m. A lotus.
mṛṇālinī मृणालिनी 1 A lotus-plant; बिभर्षि चाकारमनिर्वृतानां मृणा- लिनी हैममिवोपरागम् R.16.7. -2 An assemblage of lotuses. -3 A place abounding with lotuses.
mekhalin मेखलिन् m. 1 An epithet of Śiva. -2 A religious student, a Brahmachārin, q. v.; मेखलीनां महासङ्घः कौसल्यां समुपस्थितः Rām.2.32.21.
mailindaḥ मैलिन्दः A bee.
maulin मौलिन् a. Having a crown, crested.
lāṅgalin लाङ्गलिन् m. [लाङ्गलमस्यास्ति इनि] 1 N. of Balarāma; बन्धुप्रीत्या समरविमुखो लाङ्गली याः सिषेवे Me.51. -2 The cocoanut tree. -3 A snake.
lāṅgūlin लाङ्गूलिन् m. A monkey, an ape.
lin लालिन् m. A seducer.
linī लालिनी A wanton woman.
valina वलिन वलिभ a. [वलि-न भ वा] Wrinkled, shrivelled, contracted into wrinkles, flaccid; प्रणयिनं रभसादुदरश्रिया वलिभयालिभयादिव सस्वजे Śi.6.13.
valkalin वल्कलिन् a. 1 Yielding bark (as a branch). -2 Clothed in a bark-dress.
linī वालिनी The constellation अश्विनी.
vikarālin विकरालिन् a. Hot. -m. Heat.
viklinna विक्लिन्न p. p. 1 Very moist, thoroughly wetted. -2 Decayed, withered up. -3 Old.
vicālin विचालिन् a. Unsteady, indefinite (in signification), variable; विचाली हि संवत्सरशब्दः सावनो$पि गणितदिवसकः शीतोष्णवर्षलक्षणो$पि चान्द्रमसो$पि ŚB. on MS.6.7.38.
śakalin शकलिन् m. A fish.
śalkalin शल्कलिन् शल्किन् m. A fish.
śālin शालिन् a. (-नी f.) (usually at the end of comp.) 1 Endowed with, possessed of, possessing, shining or resplendent with; अलघूपलपङ्क्तिशालिनीः परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76; Ki.2.31;7.28,55;8.17; विलासिनीनां स्तनशालिनीनामलंक्रियन्ते स्तनमण्डलानि Ṛs.4.2. -2 Domestic. -3 Well-behaved; दयालुः शालिनीमाह शुक्लाभिव्याहृतं स्मरन् Bhāg.3.24.1.
śālinī शालिनी 1 A mistress of the house, housewife. -2 N. of a metre.
śālmalin शाल्मलिन् m. N. of Garuḍa.
śālmalinī शाल्मलिनी The silk-cotton tree.
śilindaḥ शिलिन्दः A kind of fish; शिलिन्दः श्लेष्मलो बल्यो विपाके मधुरो गुरुः Rājavallabha.
śīlin शीलिन् a. Virtuous, moral. -2 Used to, practising.
śūlin शूलिन् a. [शूलमस्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Armed with a spear; दुर्जयो लवणः शूली R.15.5. -2 Suffering from colic. -m. 1 A spearman. -2 A hare. -3 N. of Śiva; कुर्वन् संध्या- बलिपटहतां शूलिनः श्लाघनीयाम् Me.36; Ku.3.57.
śūlinaḥ शूलिनः The (Indian) fig tree.
śevalinī शेवलिनी A river.
śailālin शैलालिन् m. An actor, a dancer.
śaivalinī शैवलिनी A river.
silindhraḥ सिलिन्ध्रः A plantain tree.
sthūlin स्थूलिन् m. A camel.
halin हलिन् m. 1 A ploughman, an agriculturist. -2 Balarāma. -Comp. -प्रियः the Kadamba tree. (-या) spirituous liquor.
halinī हलिनी A number of ploughs.
linī हालिनी A kind of large house-lizard.
     Macdonell Vedic Search  
35 results
     
akṣīyamāṇa á-kṣīya-māṇa, pr. pt. ps. unfailing, i. 154, 4 [2. kṣi destroy].
ajasra á-jasra, a. (K.) eternal, ii. 35, 8 [unfailing: jas be exhausted].
arāti á-rāti, f. hostility, ii. 35, 6; iv. 50, 11; viii. 48, 3; x. 34, 14 [non-giving, niggardliness, enmity].
asutrp asu-tṛ́p, a. (Tp.) life-stealing, x. 14, 12 [tṛp delight in].
asmera á-smera, a. (K.) not smiling, ii. 35, 4.
ārohant ā-róhant, pr. pt. scaling, ii. 12, 12 [ruh mount].
īśāna í̄ś-āna, pr. pt. Ā. ruling over, disposing of (gen.), vi. 54, 8; x. 90, 2; m. ruler, ii. 33, 9.
kṣiyant kṣiy-ánt, pr. pt. dwelling, ii. 12, 11 [kṣí dwell].
girikṣit giri-kṣí-t, a. mountain-dwelling, i. 154, 3 [kṣi dwell].
jalāṣa jálāṣa, a. cooling, ii. 33, 7.
jalāṣabheṣaja jálāṣa-bheṣaja, a. (Bv.) having cooling remedies, viii. 29, 5 [bheṣajá, n. remedy].
nakṣatra ná-kṣatra, n. star; day-star, vii. 86, 1 [nák night + kṣatrá dominion = ruling over night].
nṛmṇa nṛ-mṇá, a. manliness, valour, ii. 12, 1 [cp. nṛ-máṇas manly].
paśutṛp paśu-tṛ́p, a. cattle-stealing, vii. 86, 5 [tṛp be pleased with].
prāvepa prā-vep-á, a. dangling, x. 34, 1 [prá + vip tremble].
bruvant bruv-ánt, pr. pt. calling (acc.), viii. 48, 1 [brū speak].
bhiṣaktama bhiṣák-tama, m. spv. best healer, ii. 33, 4 [bhiṣáj healing].
bheṣaja bheṣaj-á, a. healing, ii. 33, 7, n. medicine, remedy, ii. 33, 2. 4. 12. 13 [bhiṣáj healing].
madacyut mada-cyút, a. reeling with intoxication, i. 85, 7 [cyu move]. [243]
madhuścut madhu-ścút, a. (Tp.) dripping with honey, distilling sweetness, vii. 49, 3 [ścut drip].
rājant rá̄j-ant, pr. pt. ruling over (gen.), i. 1, 8 [rāj rule].
ric ric leave, VII. P. riṇákti, vii. 71, 1 [Gk. λείπω, Lat. linquo]. áti- extend beyond: ps. ipf. áricyata, x. 90, 5.
vatsa vatsá, m. calf, vii. 86, 5 [yearling from *vatas, Gk. ϝέτος year, Lat. vetus in vetus-tas ‘age’].
vartamāna várta-māna, pr. pt. Ā., with á̄ rolling hither, i. 35, 2 [vṛt turn].
varvṛtāna várvṛt-āna, pr. pt. Ā. int. rolling about, x. 34, 1 [vṛt turn].
vibhīdaka vi-bhí̄daka, m. a nut used as a die for gambling, vii. 86, 6; x. 34, 1 [probably from ví-bhid split asunder, but the meaning here applied is obscure].
virāj Vi-rá̄j, m. name of a divine being identified with Puruṣa, x. 90, 52 [farruling].
vṛt vṛt turn, I. Ā. vártate roll, x. 34, 9; cs. vartáya turn, i. 85, 9. á̄-, cs. whirl hither, vii. 71, 3. nís-, cs. roll out, x. 135, 5. prá-, cs. set rolling, x. 135, 4. ánu prá- roll forth after,, x. 135, 4. sám- be evolved, x. 90, 14. ádhi sám- come upon, x. 129, 4.
śaṃtama śáṃ-tama, spv. a. most beneficent, ii. 33, 2. 13; x. 15, 4 [śám, n. healing].
śam śám, n. healing, ii. 33, 13; comfort, v. 11, 5; viii. 48, 4; health, x. 15, 4; prosperity, viii. 86, 82.
śūśujana śú̄śuj-ána, pf. pt. A. trembling (?), x. 34, 6.
saṃprcas saṃ-pṛ́cas, ab. inf. from mingling with, ii. 35, 6 [pṛc mix].
sṛp sṛp creep, I. P. sárpati. ví- slink off, x. 14, 9.
sāyaka sá̄ya-ka, n. arrow, ii. 33, 10 [suitable for hurling: si hurl].
sukṣiti su-kṣití, f. safe dwelling, ii. 35, 15.
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     Grammar
     KV Abhyankar
"lin" has 200 results.
     
avicālinimmutable. The term is used frequently in the Mahābhāṣya, in connection with letters of the alphabet which are considered 'nitya' by Grammarians; confer, compare नित्येषु च शब्देषु कूटस्थैरविचालिभिर्वर्णैर्भवितव्यमनपायोपजानविकारिभिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Āhn 2: cf also नित्यपर्यायवाची सिद्धशब्दः । यत्कूटस्थेष्वविचालिषु भावेषु वर्तते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1.
mallināthaa reputed commentator on many classical poetic and dramatic works, who flourished in the fourteenth century. He was a scholar of Grammar and is believed to have written a commentary on the Śabdenduśekhara and another named न्यासोद्योत on the न्यास of जिनेन्द्रबुद्धि.
vanamālina grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote a commentary named मतोन्मजा on Kondabhatta's vaiyakaranabhusana and a grammar work named सिद्धान्ततत्वविवेक.
śrutakevalina term of a very great honour given to such Jain monks as have almost attained perfection; the term is used in connection with Palyakirti Sakatayana, the Jain grammarian शाकटायन, whose works शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and its presentation in a topical form named शाकटायनप्रक्रिया are studied at the present day in some parts of India. See शाकटायन a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
akacaffix prescribed before the last syllable of pronouns and indeclinables without any specific sense for it (P.V.3.71) e. g. सर्वकः, उच्चकैः et cetera, and others
abhāṣitapuṃskathat which does not convey a masculine sense; a word which is not declined in the masculine gender; a word possessing only the feminine gender e.gखट्वा, लता et cetera, and othersconfer, compare अभाषितपुंस्काच्च P. VII. 3.48.
abhinidhānaliterally that which is placed near or before; the first of the doubled class consonants; a mute or sparṣa consonant arising from doubling and inserted before a mute; confer, compare अघोषादूष्मणः परः प्रथमः अभिनिधानः स्पर्शपरात्तस्य सस्थानः ( Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIV. 9. ) explained by त्रिभाष्यरत्न as स्पर्शपरादघोषादूष्मणः परः प्रथम आगमस्तस्य स्पर्शस्य समानस्थानः अभिनिधानो भवति । अभिनिधीयते इत्यभिनिधानः आरोपणीयः इत्यर्थः । यथा यः क्कामयेत अश्मन्नूर्जम् । यः प्पाप्मना । The Ṛk. prātiśākhya explains the term अभिनिधान somewhat differently; confer, compare अभिनिधानं कृतसंहितानां स्पर्शन्ति:स्थानामपवाद्य रेफम् । संघारणं संवरणं श्रुतेश्च स्पर्शोदयानामपि चावसाने Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 5, explained by उव्वट as स्पर्शपराणां स्पर्शानां रेफं वर्जयित्वा अन्तःस्थानां च वर्णानां कृतसंहितानां च सतां संधारणं वर्णश्रुतेश्च संवरणं भवति । तदेतद् अभिनिधानं नाम । यथा उष मा षड् द्वा द्वा । ऋ. सं ८।६८।१४ इह षड् इत्यत्र अभिनिधानम् ॥ अभिनिघान possibly according to उव्वट here means the first of the doubled letter which, although the second letter is attached to it, is separately uttered with a slight pause after it. अभिनिधान means, in short, something like 'suppression.' The Ṛk. Tantra takes a still wider view and explains अभिनिधान as the first of a doubled consonant, cf ; अभिनिधानः । क्रमजं च पूर्वान्ततस्वरं भवति । Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 21.
abhyāvṛttiinclination towards an action; tendency to do an act; confer, compare संख्यायाः क्रियाभ्यावृत्तिगणनं कृत्वसुच् । P. V. 4.17 अभिमुखी प्रवृत्तिरभ्यावृत्तिः (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V.4.19) is the explanation in the Mahābhāṣya,while पौनः पुन्यमभ्यावृत्तिः (Kāś. on V.4.17) is the one given in Kāśikā
abhyāsalit, doubling or reduplication technically the word refers to the first portion of the reduplication, which is called the reduplicative syllable as opposed to the second part which is called the reduplicated syllable; confer, compare पूर्वोभ्यासः P. VI.1.4. (2) Repetition, the sccond part which is repeated; confer, compare दोऽभ्यासे(RT.165) explained as दकारः अभ्यासे लुप्यते । पटत्पटेति । द्रसद्रसेति ; (3) repeated action; confer, compare अभ्यासः पुनः पुनः करणमावृत्तिः Kāś. on P.1-3, 1.
amutaddhita affix. affix अम् applied in Vedic Literature to किम्, words ending in ए, indeclinables and the affixes तर and तम: e. g. प्रतरं नयामः प्रतरं वस्यः confer, compare अमु च च्छन्दसि P. V. 4. 12.
artha(1)literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.
ardharcādia group of words given in P.II.4.31 which are declined in both the masculine and the neuter genders; c.g. अर्धर्चः,अर्धर्चमू, यूथः, यूथम्; गृहः गृहम्, et cetera, and others; cf अर्धर्चाः पुंसिं च P.II.4.31.
aliṅgavacananot possessed of a definite gender and number; a term generally used in connection with अव्ययs or indeclinables.
avaśiṣṭaliṅga(v.1. अविशिष्टलिङ्ग)a term occurring in the liṅgānuśāsana meaning 'possessed of such genders as have not been mentioned already either singly or by combination' id est, that is possessed of all genders.Under अवशिष्टलिङ्ग are mentioned indeclinables, numerals ending in ष् or न् , adjectives, words ending with kṛtya affixes id est, that is potential passive participles, pronouns, words ending with the affix अन in the sense of an instrument or a location and the words कति and युष्मद् (See पाणिनीय-लिङ्गानुशासन Sūtras 182-188).
avyayaindeclinable, literally invariant, not undergoing a change. Pāṇini has used the word as a technical term and includes in it all such words as स्वर्, अन्तर् , प्रातर् etc, or composite expressions like अव्ययीभावसमास, or such taddhitānta words as do not take all case affixes as also kṛdanta words ending in म् or ए, ऐ, ओ, औ. He gives such words in a long list of Sutras P. I.1.37 to 41; confer, compare सदृशं त्रिषु लिङ्गेषु सर्वासु च विभक्तिषु । वचनेषु च सर्वेषु यन्न व्येति तदव्ययम् Kāś. on P.I.1.37.
avyayasaṃgrahaname of a treatise ondeclinable words attributed to Sākaṭāyana.
avyayārthanirūpaṇaa work on the meanings of indeclinable words written in the sixteenth century A. D. by Viṭṭhala Śeṣa, grandson of Ramacandra Śeṣa the author of the Prakriyā Kaumudi.
avyayībhāvaname of a compound so called on account of the words forming the compound, being similar to indeclinables: e. g. निर्मक्षिकम् , अधिहरि, यथामति, यावज्जीवम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare अनव्ययं अव्ययं भवतीत्यव्ययीभावः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.I.5. The peculiarity of the avyayībhāva compound is that the first member of the compound plays the role of the principal word; confer, compare पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानोऽव्ययीभावः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.6.
asaṃkhyanot possessing any notion of number; the word is used in connection with avyayas or indeclinables; यथैव हि अलिङ्गमव्ययमेवमसंख्यमपि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.4.82.
ā(1)the long form of the vowel अ called दीर्घ,consisting of two mātrās, in contrast with (l) the short अ which consists of one mātrā and the protracted आ३ which consists of three mātrās; (2) substitute अा of two mātrās when prescribed by the word दीर्घ or वृद्धि for the short vowel अ; (3) upasarga अा (अाङ्) in the sense of limit exempli gratia, for example अा कडारादेका संज्ञा (P.I.4.1.) आकुमारं यशः पाणिनेः K. on II.1.13. आ उदकान्तात् (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.14.) (4) indeclinable आ in the sense of remembrance e. g. आ एवं नु मन्यसे; confer, compare ईषदर्थे क्रियायोगे मर्यादाभिविधौ च यः । एतमातं ङितं विद्याद्वाक्यस्मरणयोरङित् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.14; (5) augment अा ( अाक् ) as seen in चराचर, वदावद et cetera, and others confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VI.1.12 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 6; (6) augment अा(आट्) prefixed to roots in the tenses लुङ्, लङ् and लृङ् (7) substitute अा prescribed for the last letter of pronouns before the taddhita affix. affixes दृक्,दृश, दृक्ष and वत्, as in तादृक्दृ, तादृश et cetera, and others; (8) feminine affix आ (टाप्, डाप् or चाप् ) added to nouns ending in अा; (9) substitute आ ( आ or अात्, or डा or आल् ) for case affixes in Vedic literature उभा यन्तारौ, नाभा पृथिव्याः et cetera, and others
ām̐indeclinable आ pronounccd nasalized, e. g. अभ्र आँ अपः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.3.2.
aākhyātaverbal form, verb; confer, compare भावप्रधानमाख्यातं सत्त्वप्रधानानि नामानि Nirukta of Yāska.I.1; चत्वारि पदजातानि नामाख्यातोपसर्गनिपाताश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1. Āhnika 1 ; also A.Prāt. XII. 5, अाकार अाख्याते पदादिश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.2.37 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2, आख्यातमाख्यातेन क्रियासातत्ये Sid. Kau. on II.1.72, क्रियावाचकमाख्यातं Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1; confer, compare भारद्वाजकमाख्यातं भार्गवं नाम भाष्यते । भारद्वाजेन दृष्टत्वादाख्यातं भारद्वाजगोत्रम् V. Prāt. VIII. 52; confer, compare also Athar. Prāt.I.I.12, 18; 1.3.3,6; II.2.5 where ākhyāta means verbal form. The word also meant in ancient days the root also,as differentiated from a verb or a verbal form as is shown by the lines तन्नाम येनाभिदधाति सत्त्वं, तदाख्यातं येन भावं स धातुः R.Pr.XII.5 where 'आख्यात' and 'धातु' are used as synonyms As the root form such as कृ, भृ et cetera, and others as distinct from the verbal form, is never found in actual use, it is immaterial whether the word means root or verb.In the passages quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. from the Nirukta and the Mahābhāṣya referring to the four kinds of words, the word ākhyāta could be taken to mean root (धातु) or verb (क्रियापद). The ākhyāta or verb is chiefly concerned with the process of being and bccoming while nouns (नामानि) have sattva or essence, or static element as their meaning. Verbs and nouns are concerned not merely with the activities and things in this world but with every process and entity; confer, compare पूर्वापूरीभूतं भावमाख्यातेनाचष्टे Nir.I.;अस्तिभवतिविद्यतीनामर्थः सत्ता । अनेककालस्थायिनीति कालगतपौर्वापर्येण क्रमवतीति तस्याः क्रियात्वम् । Laghumañjūṣā. When a kṛt (affix). affix is added to a root, the static element predominates and hence a word ending with a kṛt (affix). affix in the sense of bhāva or verbal activity is treated as a noun and regularly declined;confer, compareकृदभिहितो भावे द्रव्यवद् भवति M.Bh. on II.2.19 and III. 1.67, where the words गति, व्रज्या, पाक and others are given as instances. Regarding indeclinable words ending with kṛt (affix). affixes such as कर्तुं, कृत्वा, and others, the modern grammarians hold that in their case the verbal activity is not shadowed by the static element and hence they can be,in a way, looked upon as ākhyātas; confer, compare अव्ययकृतो भावे Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa.
akhyātaprakriyāa work dealing with verbs, written by Anubhūtisvarūpācārya on the Sārasvata Vyākaraṇa.
aākhyātavivekaa work dealing with verbs and their activity by KṛṣṇaShāstrī Āraḍe a great Naiyāyika of the 18th century.
āmantraṇa(1)calling out from a distance;(2) an invitation which may or may not be accepted; confer, compare विधिनिमन्त्रणामन्त्रणाधीष्टसंप्रश्नप्रार्थनेषु लिङ् P.III. 3.161 whereon Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). remarks अथ निमन्त्रणामन्त्रणयोः को विशेषः । अथ संनिहितेन निमन्त्रणं भवति असंनिहितेन अामन्त्रणम् । नैषोस्ति विशेषः । असंनिहितेनापि निमन्त्रणं भवति संनिहितेनापि चामन्त्रणम् । एवं तर्हि यन्नियोगतः कर्तव्यं तन्निमन्त्रणम् । अामन्त्रणे कामचारः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.III.3.161.
aāmutaddhita affix. affix (अाम्) added to the affixes घ id est, that is तर and तम which are placed after indeclinables; exempli gratia, for example किंतराम्, पचतितराम् et cetera, and others confer, compare P.V.4.11.
itaretarayogamutual relationship with each other. Out of the four senses of the indeclinable च viz. समुच्चय, अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार, the Dvandva compound is formed of words connected in the last two ways and not in the first two ways. The instances of द्वन्द्व in the sense of इतरेतरयोग are धवखदिरपलाशाः, प्लक्षन्यग्रोधौ etc; confer, compare Kāś.on P. II.2.29 confer, compare also प्लक्षश्च न्यग्रोधश्चेत्युक्ते गम्यत एतत्प्लक्षोपि न्यग्रोधसहायो न्यग्रोधोपि प्लक्षसहाय इति M.Bh. on II.2.29; confer, compare also इतरेतरयोगः स यदा उद्रिक्तावयवभेदो भवति Sīradeva's ParibhāṣāvṛttiPari. 16.
u(1)labial vowel standing for the long ऊ and protracted ऊ3 in Pāṇini's grammar unless the consonant त् is affixed to it, उत् standing for the short उ only: (2) Vikaraṇa affix उ of the 8th conjugation ( तनादिगण ) and the roots धिन्व् and कृण्व्;confer, compareP.III. 1.79-80; (3) substitute (उ) for the vowel अ of कृ,exempli gratia, for example कुरुतः, कृर्वन्ति before weak Sārvadhātuka affixes, confer, compareP.VI 4.110; (4) kṛt (affix). affix उ added to bases ending in सन् and the roots आशंस्, भिक्ष्, विद्, इष् as also to bases ending in क्यच् in the Vedic Literature,exempli gratia, for example चिकीर्षुः भिक्षुः, बिन्दुः,इच्छुः,सुम्नयु; confer, compare P. III. 2.168-170; (5) Uṅādi affix उ ( उण् ) e.g, कारुः, वायुः, साधुः, et cetera, and others; confer, compare Uṅādi I.1; (6) mute vowel उ added to the first letters of a class of consonants in Pāṇini's grammar to show the whole class of the five letters; exempli gratia, for example कु, चु, टु, तु, पु which stand for the Guttural, the palatal the lingual, the dental and the labial classes respectively; confer, compare also ष्टुना ष्टुः P.VIII.4.41(7) उ added to न् showing the consonant न् as nasalized n; cf, नुः V.Pr. III.133.
uktapuṃskaa word with its meaning (in the neuter gender) unchanged when used in the masculine gender; generally an adjectival word; cf, Cāndra Vyāk. I.4.30.
uṇādiaffixes headed by the affix उण्, which are similar to kṛt affixes of Pāṇini, giving derivation mostly of such words as are not derived by rules of Pāṇini. No particular sense such as agent, object et cetera, and others is mentioned in connection with these affixes, but, as Pāṇini has stated in 'ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः P.III. 4.75, the various Uṇādi affixes are applied to the various roots as prescribed in any Kāraka sense, except the संप्रदान and the अपादान; in other words, any one of the senses, agent, object, instrument and abode, is assigned to the Uṇādi affix as suits the meaning of the word. Although some scholars believe that the Uṇādi affixes are given by a grammarian later than Pāṇini as there are words like ताम्बूल, दीनार and others included in the list of Uṇādi words and that there are many interpolated Sūtras, still the Uṇādi collection must be looked upon as an old one which is definitely mentioned by Pāṇini in two different rules; confer, compare Pāṇini उणादयो बहुलम् P. III.3.1 and ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः III.4.76. Patañjali has given a very interesting discussion about these Uṇādi affixes and stated on the strength of the Vārttika, तत्रोणादिप्रतिषेधः, that these affixes and the words given in the Uṇādi collection should not be considered as genuinely deriveditionThe derivation is not a very systematic and logically correct one and therefore for practical purposes, the words derived by the application of the affixes उण् and others should be looked upon as underived; confer, compare उणादयोSव्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on. P.I.1.16, III.4.77, IV.1.1, VI.1.62, VII.1.2, VII.2.8 et cetera, and others There is a counterstatement also seen in the Mahābhāṣya उणादयो व्युत्पन्नानि, representing the other view prevailing at the time; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.I.133; but not much importance seems to be attached to it. The different systems of grammar have different collections of such words which are also known by the term Uṇādi. Out of the collections belonging to Pāṇini's system, three collections are available at present, the collection into five pādas given in the printed edition of the Siddhānta Kaumudi, the collection into ten Pādas given in the printed edition of the Prakriya-Kaumudi and the collection in the Sarasvatīkaṇthābharaṇa of Bhoja forming Pādas 1, 2 and 3 of the second Adhyāya of the work.
ūṅfeminine. affix ऊ prescribed after masculine nouns ending in the vowel ऊ and denoting a human being as also after some other specific masculine bases cf ऊङुतः P.IV. I.66 and the following sūtras. exempli gratia, for example कुरूः, पङ्गूः श्वश्रूः, करभोरूः, भद्रबाहूः et cetera, and others
ekaśrutithat which has got the same accent or tone; utterance in the same tone; monotone. The word is applied to the utterance of the vocative noun or phrase calling a man from a distance, as also to that of the vowels or syllables following a Svarita vowel in the Saṁhitā id est, that is the continuous utterance of Vedic sentences; confer, compare एकश्रुति दूरात्संबुद्वौ and the foll. P.I.2.33-40 and the Mahābhāṣya thereon. In his discussion on I.2.33 Patañjali has given three alternative views about the accent of Ekaśruti syllables : (a) they possess an accent between the उदात्त (acute) and अनुदात्त (grave), (b) they are in the same accent as is possessed by the preceding vowel, (c) Ekaśruti is looked upon as the seventh of the seven accents; confer, compare सैषा ज्ञापकाभ्यामुदात्तानुदात्तयोर्मध्यमेकश्रुतिरन्तरालं ह्रियते। ... सप्त स्वरा भवन्ति | उदात्तः, उदात्ततर:, अनुदात्तः, अनुदात्ततर:, स्वरितः स्वरिते य उदात्तः सोन्येन विशिष्टः, एकश्रुतिः सप्तमः । M.Bh. on P.I.2.33.
etyataddhita affix. affix applied to the indeclinable दूर; e. g. दूरेत्यः पथिकः । confer, compare दूरादेत्यः दूरेत्य: Kāś.on P.IV.2.104: confer, compare also दूरादेत्यो वक्तव्यः । दूरेत्यः M.Bh. on P.IV.2.104.
eva(1)a particle in the sense of regulation (नियम) ; confer, compare एवकारः किमर्थः नियमार्थः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V.3.58: (2) . determinant indeclinable; confer, compare एव इत्यवधारणे; confer, compare इष्टतोवधारणार्थस्तर्हि । यथैवं विज्ञायेत । अजादी गुणवचनादेवेति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V.3.58.
aupamanyavaname of an ancient etymologist referred to by Yaska in his Nirukta possibly as a commentator on निघण्टु; confer, compare निगन्तव एव सन्तो निगमनान्निघण्टव उच्यन्यन्ते इत्यौपमन्यवः Nirukta of Yāska.I.1. line 4.
{{c|-( anusvāra ) ṃanusvāraor nasal (l) looked upon as a phonetic element, independent, no doubt, but incapable of being pronounced without a vowel Preceding it. Hence, it is shown in writing with अ although its form in writing is only a dot a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the line cf अं इत्यनुस्वारः । अकार इह उच्चारणर्थ इति बिन्दुमात्रो वर्णोनुस्वारसंज्ञो भवति Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Vyāk I.1.19; (2) anusvāra,showing or signifying Vikāra id est, that is अागम and used as a technical term for the second विभक्ति or the accusative case. See the word अं a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. on page 1.
karman(1)object of a transitive verb, defined as something which the agent or the doer of an action wants primarily to achieve. The main feature of कर्मन् is that it is put in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म, कर्मणि द्वितीया; P. I.4.49; II.3.2. Pāṇini has made कर्म a technical term and called all such words 'karman' as are connected with a verbal activity and used in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् ; अकथितं च and गतिबुद्धिप्रत्यवसानार्थशब्दकर्माकर्मकाणामणि कर्ता स णौ P.I.4.49-52;cf also यत् क्रियते तत् कर्म Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.4.13, कर्त्राप्यम् Jain I. 2. 120 and कर्तुर्व्याप्यं कर्म Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II. 2. 3. Sometimes a kāraka, related to the activity ( क्रिया) as saṁpradāna, apādāna or adhikaraṇa is also treated as karma, if it is not meant or desired as apādāna,saṁpradāna et cetera, and others It is termed अकथितकर्म in such cases; confer, compare अपादानादिविशेषकथाभिरविवक्षितमकथितम् Kāś. on I.4.51. See the word अकथित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Karman or object is to be achieved by an activity or क्रिया; it is always syntactically connected with a verb or a verbal derivative.When connected with verbs or verbal derivatives indeclinables or words ending with the affixes उक, क्त, क्तवतु, तृन् , etc, it is put in the accusative case. It is put in the genitive case when it is connected with affixes other than those mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare P, II.3.65, 69. When, however, the karman is expressed ( अभिहित ) by a verbal termination ( तिङ् ), or a verbal noun termination (कृत्), or a nounaffix ( तद्धित ), or a compound, it is put in the nominative case. exempli gratia, for example कटः क्रियते, कटः कृतः, शत्यः, प्राप्तोदकः ग्रामः et cetera, and others It is called अभिहित in such cases;confer, compare P.II.3.1.Sec the word अनभिहित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..The object or Karman which is ईप्सिततम is described to be of three kinds with reference to the way in which it is obtained from the activity. It is called विकार्य when a transformation or a change is noticed in the object as a result of the verbal activity, e. g. काष्ठानि भस्मीकरोति, घटं भिनत्ति et cetera, and others It is called प्राप्य when no change is seen to result from the action, the object only coming into contact with the subject, e. g. ग्रामं गच्छति, आदित्यं पश्यति et cetera, and others It is called निर्वर्त्य when the object is brought into being under a specific name; exempli gratia, for example घटं करोति, ओदनं पचति; confer, compare निर्वर्त्ये च विकार्यं च प्राप्यं चेति त्रिधा मतम् । तत्रेप्सिततमम् Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4.49: confer, compare also Vākyapadīya III.7.45 as also Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on 1.4.49. The object which is not ईप्सिततम is also subdivided into four kinds e. g. (a) अनीप्सित (ग्रामं गच्छन् ) व्याघ्रं पश्यति, (b) औदासीन्येन प्राप्य or इतरत् or अनुभय exempli gratia, for example (ग्रामं गच्छन्) वृक्षमूलानि उपसर्पति, (c) अनाख्यात or अकथित exempli gratia, for example बलिं in बलिं याचते वसुधाम् (d) अन्यपूर्वक e.g अक्षान् दीव्यति, ग्राममभिनिविशते; confer, compare Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4 49, The commentator Abhayanandin on Jainendra Vyākaraṇa mentions seven kinds प्राप्य, विषयभूत, निर्वर्त्य, विक्रियात्मक, ईप्सित, अनीप्सित and इतरत्, defining कर्म as कर्त्रा क्रियया यद् आप्यं तत् कारकं कर्म; confer, compare कर्त्राप्यम् Jain. Vy. I.2.120 and commentary thereon. जेनेन्द्रमधीते is given therein as an instance of विषयभूत. (2) The word कर्मन् is also used in the sense of क्रिया or verbal activity; confer, compare उदेनूर्ध्वकर्मणि P.I.3.24; आदिकर्मणि क्तः कर्तरि च P.III.4.71, कर्तरि कर्मव्यतिहारे P.I.3.14. (3) It is also used in the sense of activity in general, as for instance,the sense of a word; e. g. नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.4, where Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.explains karman as 'sense' ( अर्थ ).
kasunkṛt affix अस् found in Vedic Literature, in the sense of the infinitive: e. g. ईश्वरो विलिखः (विलि-खितुम्) confer, compare P. III.4.13, 17. The word ending in this कसुन् becomes an indeclinable: cf क्त्वातोसुन्कसुनः P.I.1.40.
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
kārakaliterally doer of an action. The word is used in the technical sense ; 1 of ’instrument of action'; cf कारकशब्दश्च निमित्तपर्यायः । कारकं हेतुरिति नार्थान्तरम् । कस्य हेतुः । क्रियायाः Kāś. on P.I. 4.23: confer, compare also कारक इति संज्ञानिर्देशः । साधकं निर्वर्तकं कारकसंज्ञं भवति । M.Bh. on P. I. 4.28. The word 'kāraka' in short, means 'the capacity in which a thing becomes instrumental in bringing about an action'. This capacity is looked upon as the sense of the case-affixes which express it. There are six kārakas given in all grammar treatises अपादान, संप्रदान, अधिकरण, करण , कर्मन् and कर्तृ to express which the case affixes or Vibhaktis पञ्चमी, चतुर्थी, सप्तमी, तृतीया, द्वितीया and प्रथमा are respectively used which, hence, are called Kārakavibhaktis as contrasted with Upapadavibhaktis, which show a relation between two substantives and hence are looked upon as weaker than the Kārakavibhaktis; confer, compare उपपदविभक्तेः कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी Pari. Śek. Pari.94. The topic explaining Kārakavibhaktis is looked upon as a very important and difficult chapter in treatises of grammar and there are several small compendiums written by scholars dealing with kārakas only. For the topic of Kārakas see P. I. 4.23 to 55, Kat, II. 4.8-42, Vyākaraṇa The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pp.262-264 published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
kārakaparicchedaa work dealing with Kārakas ascribed to Rudrabhaṭṭa.
kārikāa verse or a line or lines in metrical form giving the gist of the explanation of a topic; confer, compare संक्षिप्तसूत्रबह्वर्थसूचकः श्लोकः कारिका Padavyavasthāsūtrakārikā of Udayakīrti.
kodṇḍarāmaa scholar of Sanskrit Vyākaraṇa who composed शब्दसिद्धान्तमञ्जरी a small treatise dealing with the declension of nouns.
ktvākṛt (affix). affix त्वा added to roots (1) in the sense of prohibition conveyed by the word अलं or खलु preceding the root, exempli gratia, for example अलं कृत्वा, खलु कृत्वा; confer, compare P. III.4.18; (2) in the sense of exchange in the case of the root मा, e. g. अपमित्य याचते; confer, compare P. III.4.19; (3) to show an activity of the past time along with a verb or noun of action showing comparatively a later time, provided the agent of the former and the latter activities is the same; exempli gratia, for example भुक्त्वा व्रजति, स्नात्वा पीत्वा भुक्त्वा व्रजति; confer, compare P. III.4. 21. This kṛt affix is always added to roots when they are without any prefix; when there is a prefix the indeclinable, ending in त्वा, is always compounded with the prefix and त्वा is changed into य (ल्यप्), exempli gratia, for example प्रकृत्य, प्रहृत्य; confer, compare समासेऽनञ्पूर्वे क्त्वो ल्यप् P. VII. 1.37. The substitution of य is at will in Vedic Literature; exempli gratia, for example कृष्णं वासो यजमानं परिधापयित्वा ( instead of परिधाप्य ), confer, compare P. VII.1.38, while sometimes, य is added after त्वा as an augment e. g. दत्वाय सविता धियः confer, compare P. VII.l.47, as also sometimes त्वी or त्वीनम् is substituted for त्वा e. g. इष्ट्वीनं देवान्, स्नात्वी मलादिव, confer, compare P. VII.1.48, 49.
krama(1)serial order or succession as contrasted with यौगपद्य or simultaneity. The difference between क्रम and यौगपद्य is given by भर्तृहरि in the line क्रमे विभिद्यते रूपं यौगपद्ये न भिद्यते Vāk. Pad. II. 470. In order to form a word by the application of several rules of grammar, a particular order is generally followed in accordance with the general principle laid down in the Paribhāṣā पूर्वपरनित्यान्तरङ्गापवादानामुत्तरोत्तरं बलीयः, as also according to what is stated in the sūtras असिद्धवदत्राभात्, पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् et cetera, and others (2) succession, or being placed after, specifically with reference to indeclinables like एव, च et cetera, and others which are placed after a noun with which they are connectedition When an indecinable is not so connected, it is called भिन्नक्रम; confer, compare परिपन्थं च तिष्ठति (P.IV. 4.36), चकारो भिन्नक्रमः प्रत्ययार्थं समुच्चिनोति, Kāś. on P. IV. 4.36; also ईडजनोर्ध्वे च । चशब्दो भिन्नक्रमः
īśeḥ(VII.2.77)अनुकर्षणार्थो विज्ञायते Kāś. on P.IV.2.78; (3) succession of the same consonant brought about; doubling; reduplication; क्रम is used in this way in the Ṛk Prātiśākhya as a synonym of dvitva prescribed by Pāṇini; e. g. अा त्वा रथं becomes अा त्त्वा रथम् ; सोमानं स्वरणम् becomes सोमानं स्स्वरणम् ; confer, compare स्वरानुस्वारोपहितो द्विरुच्यते संयोगादि: स क्रमोSविक्रमे सन् । etc, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. l to 4; confer, compare also स एष द्विर्भावरूपो विधिः क्रमसंज्ञो वेदितव्यः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 1. The root क्रम् IA. is several times used in the Prātiśākhya works for द्विर्भवन, confer, compare also T. Pr.XXI.5; XXIV.5; (4) repetition of a word in the recital of Vedic passages, the recital by such a repetition being called क्रमपाठ, which is learnt and taught with a view to understanding the original forms of words combined in the Saṁhitā by euphonic rules, substitution of letters such as that of ण् for न् , or of ष् for स् , as also the separate words of a compound word ( सामासिकशब्द ); e. g. पर्जन्याय प्र । प्र गायत । गायत दिवः । दिवस्पुत्राय । पुत्राय मीळ्हुषे । मीळ्हुषे इति मीळ्हुषे । confer, compare क्रमो द्वाभ्यामतिक्रम्य् प्रत्यादायोत्तरं तयोः उत्तेरेणोपसंदध्यात् तथार्द्धर्चं समापयेत् ॥ Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X. 1. For details and special features, confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) ch. X and XI: confer, compare also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 182190: T. Pr, XXIII. 20, XXIV. 6.
kramaṇadoubling. Irregular doubling is looked upon as a fault; confer, compare क्रमणं वा अयथेाक्तम् R.Pr. XIV. 25.
kramapāṭharecital of the Vedic Saṁhitā by means of separate groups of two words, repeating each word except the first of the Vedic verseline; see क्रम a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The various rules and exceptions are given in detail in Paṭalas ten and eleven of the Ṛk Prātiśākhya. The Vedic Saṁhitā or Saṁhitāpāṭha is supposed to be the original one and the Padapāṭha prepared later on, with a view to preserving the Vedic text without any change or modification of a letter, or accent; confer, compare न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः । पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III. 1.109, VI. 1.207 and VIII. 2.16, where Patañjali clearly says that grammar-rules are not to follow the Padapāṭha, but, the writer of the Padapāṭha is to follow the rules already laid down. The Jaṭāpāṭha, the Ghanapāṭha and the other recitals are later developments of the Padapāṭha as they are not mentioned in the Prātiśākhya works.
kramyaa consonant which is subjected to doubling confer, compare क्रम्यो वर्णः पूर्वमक्षरं भजते Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVIII. 18.
khackṛt affix अ in the sense of 'agent' applied to the roots वद्, ताप् , and यम् when preceded by certain उपपद words standing as objects. Before this affix खच्, the augment मुम् ( म् ) is added to the preceding उपपद if it is not an indeclinable. e. g. प्रियंवदः, वशंवदः, द्विषंतपः परंतपः वाचंयम: et cetera, and others cf P.III. 2.38-47.
khaśkṛt affix added to the roots यज् (causal), ध्मा, धे,रुज्, वह्, लिह्, पच् , दृश् , तप्, मन् et cetera, and others preceded by certain specified upapada words. The root undergoes all the operations such as the addition of the conjugational sign et cetera, and others before this खश् on account of the mute letter श् which makes खश् a Sārvadhātuka affix, and the augment म् is added to the preceding उपपद if it is not an indeclinable on account of the mute letter ख्; e. g. जनमेजयः, स्तनंधयः, नाडिंधमः, असूयै. पश्यः पण्डितंमन्यः etc,; confer, compare Pāṇ. III2.28-37, 83.
khitcharacterized by the mute letter ख्, applied to kṛt affixes which, by reason of their being खित् , cause (a) the addition of the augment मुम् ( म् ) to the preceding words अरुस् , द्विषद् and words ending in a vowel, and (b) the shortening of the long vowel of the preceding word if it is not an indeclinable; confer, compare P. VI. 3.66-68.
gati(1)literally motion; stretching out, lengthening of a syllable. The word is explained in the Prātiśakhya works which define it as the lengthening of a Stobha vowel with the utterance of the vowel इ or उ after it, exempli gratia, for example हाइ or हायि for हा; similarly आ-इ or अा -यि ; (2) a technical term used by Pāṇini in connection with prefixes and certain indeclinables which are called गति, confer, compare P.I.4.60-79. The words called gati can be compounded with the following word provided the latter is not a verb, the compound being named tatpuruṣa e.g, प्रकृतम् , ऊरीकृत्य confer, compare P.II.2.18; the word गति is used by Pāṇini in the masculine gender as seen in the Sūtra गतिरनन्तरः P.VI. 2.49 and hence explained as formed by the addition of the affix क्तिच् to गम्, the word being used as a technical term by the rule क्तिच्क्तौ च संज्ञायाम् P.III.3.174; (3) realization, understanding; confer, compare उभयगतिरिह भवति Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.9; सांप्रतिकाभावे भूतपूर्वगतिः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari 76; अगत्या हि परिभाषा अाश्रीयते Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva Pari. Pāṭha 119.
gavāśvaprabhṛtithe dvandva compound words गवाश्व, गवाविक गवैडक, अजाविक, कुब्जमाणवक, पुत्रपौत्र मांसशोणित and others which are to be declined in the neuter gender and singular number; confer, compare P. II. 4.11.
gha(l)consonant घ्, अ being added at the end for facility of pronunciation; confer, compareTai. Pr.I.21; (2) technical term for the taddhita affix. affixes तरप् and तमप्, confer, compare P.I.1.22, causing the shortening of ई at the end of bases before it, under certain conditions, confer, compare P. VI. 3.43-45, and liable to be changed into तराम् and तमाम् after किम्, verbs ending in ए, and indeclinables; confer, compare P.V.4.11; (3) taddhita affix. affix घ ( इय) in the sense of 'a descendant' applied to क्षत्र, and in the sense of 'having that as a deity' applied to अपोनप्तृ अपांनप्तृ and also to महेन्द्र and to the words राष्ट्र et cetera, and others, exempli gratia, for example क्षत्रियः, अपोनाप्त्रिय:, अपांनप्त्रियः, महेन्द्रियम्,राष्ट्रियः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV.1.138, IV.2.27, 29, 93; (4) taddhita affix. affix घ, applied to अग्र, समुद्र and अभ्र in the sense of 'present there', to सहस्र in the sense of 'possession', to, नक्षत्र without any change of sense, and to यज्ञ and ऋत्विज् in the sense of 'deserving'; confer, compare P.IV.4.117,118,135, 136,141, V.1.71 ; (5) krt affix अ when the word to which it has been applied becomes a proper noun id est, that isa noun in a specific sense or a technical term; confer, compare III.3. 118, 119,125.
ca(l)the letter च्, the vowel अ being added for facility of utterance, cf Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 21; (2) a Bratyahara or short term standing for the palatal class of consonants च्, छ्, ज्,झ् and ञ्; cf इचशेयास्तालौ Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 66; (3) indeclinable च called Nipata by Panini; confer, compare चादयोSसत्त्वे P. I. 4.57, च possesses four senses समुच्चय, अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on II. 2.29. See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2.29 Vart. 15 for a detailed explanation of the four senses. The indeclinable च is sometimes used in the sense of 'a determined mention' or avadharana; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on II. 1.48 and 72. It is also used for the purpose of अनुवृत्ति or अनुकर्षण i. e. drawing a word from the previous rule to the next rule; (confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 1.90) with a convention that a word drawn thus, does not proceed to the next rule; confer, compare चानुकृष्टं नोत्तरत्र Par. Sek Pari. 78; (4) a conventional term for अभ्यास (reduplicative syllable) used in the Jainendra Vyakarana; confer, compare चविकारेषु अपवादा उत्सर्गान्न बाधन्ते Kat. Pari. 75.
cakoraa grammarian who .wrote a commentary on the 'Sabdalingarthacandrika of Sujanapandita. चक्कनशर्मा a grammarian who is said to have written a work named Dhatusamgraha.
caṅgavṛttia short treatise written by वङ्गदास, dealing with the topic of the five compact expressions or Vrttis viz. कृत्, तद्वित, समास, एकशेष, and सनादिधातु.
caṇthe indeclinable च (with ण् as a mute letter added to it which of course disappears) possessing the sense of चेत् or condition. exempli gratia, for example अयं च मरिष्यति confer, compare Kas, on P. VIII. 1.30.
cārāyaṇaan ancient grammarian referred to by Patanjali in the Mahabhasya as a scholar who had a line of pupils named after him; confer, compare कम्बलचारायणीयाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.73
cārthathe meaning of the indeclinable च to convey which, as existing in different individuals, the dvandva compound is prescribeditionOut of the four senses possessed by the inde clinable च, the Dvandva compound is prescribed in two senses viz.इतरेतरयोग and समाहार out of the four समुच्चय, अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार: confer, compare कः पुनश्चेन कृतोर्थः समुच्चयोन्वाचय इतरेतरयोगः समाहार इति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.2.29; confer, compare also Candra Vyakarana II.2.48
jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya(1)a famous Bengalee scholar of Vyakarana and Nyaya who has written a small treatise dealing with syntax. The treatise is named कारकवाद.
jaumāra( व्याकरण )a treatise on vya'karana written by Jumaranandin. See जुमरनन्दिन् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. The Jaumara Vyakarana has no Vedic section dealing with Vedic forms or accents,but it has added a section on Prakrita just as the Haima Vyakaraha.
jhi(1)verb-ending of the 3rd person. plural Parasmaipada, substituted for the लकार of the ten lakaras, changed to जुस in the potential and the benedictive moods, and optionally so in the imperfect and after the sign स् of the aorist; confer, compareP,III. 4. 82, 83, 84, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112: (2) a conventional term for अव्यय (indeclinable) used in the Jainendra Vyakaraha.
the first consonant of the lingual class ( टवर्ग ) possessed of the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, विवृतकण्ठत्व and अल्पप्राणत्व. When prefixed or affixed to an affix as an indicatory letter, it signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ङीप् ( ई ); confer, compare P. IV. 1.15, When added to the conjugational affixes ( लकार ) it shows that in the Atmanepada the vowel of the last syllable is changed to ए. confer, compare P. III. 4.79. When added to an augment ( अागम ), it shows that the augment marked with it is to be prefixed and not to be affixed; e. g. नुट्, तुट् et cetera, and others; cf P. I. 1.46.
ṭa(1)the consonant ट्, the vowel अ being added for facility of utterance; confer, compare अकारो व्यञ्जनानाम्, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 21; (2) short term, (प्रत्याहार) standing for टवगे or the lingual class of consonants, found used mostly in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare RT. 13, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 64, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 27: (3) taddhita affix. affix ( अ ) added to the word फल्गुनी in the sense ' तत्र जातः' e. g. फल्गुनी, confer, compare P. IV. 3.34, Vart. 2; (4) krt affix ( अ ) added to the root चर्, सृ and कृ under certain conditions; e. g. कुरुचर:, अग्रेसुर:, यशस्करी ( विद्या ) दिवाकरः, वेिभकरः कर्मकरः et cetera, and others confer, compare P. III. 2.16-23.
ṭavargathe class of lingual consonants; the same as टु in Panini.
ṭāpfeminine affix अा added to masculine nouns ending in अ by the rule अजाद्यतष्टाप् IV. 1.4 excepting those nouns where any other affix prescribed by subsequent rules becomes applicable.
ṭu(1)mute syllable टु prefixed to roots to signify the addition of the affix अथुच् in the sense of verbal activity; e. g. वेपथुः, श्वयथु:, confer, compare P.III. 3.89; (2) the class of lingual consonants ट्, ठ्, ड्, ढ् and ण्; cf चुटू P. I. 3.7.
ṭyutaddhita affix. affix अन to which the augment त्, is prefixed, making the affix तन, applicable to the words सायं, चिरं, प्राह्वे, प्रगे ,and indeclinable words in the Saisika or miscellaneous senses; e. g. सायंतन:, चिरंतनः दिवातनम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 3.23, 24.
ṭhthe second consonant of the lingual class possessed of the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, विवृतकण्टत्व and महाप्राणत्व. For the syllable ठ at the beginning of taddhita affixes, the syllable इक is substituted; if however the affix (beginning with ठ ) follows upon a word ending in इस्, उस्, उ, ऋ, लृ and त् then क is added instead of इक; e. g. धानुष्क:, औदश्वित्कः et cetera, and others; confer, compare टस्येकः, इसुसुक्तान्तात् कः, P. VII. 3.50, 51. Some scholars say that इक् and क् are substituted for ठ् by the sutras quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare KS. on VII. 3.50.
(1)third letter of the lingual class of consonants possessed of the properties नादानुप्रदान, घोष, संवृतकण्ठत्व, and अल्पप्राण; (2) mute letter applied to affixes by Panini to show the elision of the टि part (confer, compare P. 1. 1.64.) of the preceding word viz. the penultimate vowel and the consonant or consonants following it; cf, टेः ; ( लोप: डिति प्रत्यये परे ) VI.4.143. The syllable ति of विंशति is also elided before an affix markwith the mute letter ड्.
(1)fourth consonant of the lingual class of consonants possessed of the properties नादानुप्रदान, घोष, संवृतकण्ठत्व and महृाप्राणत्व; (2) the consonant ढ् which is elided when followed by ढ् and the preceding vowel is lengthened; e. g. गाढा, confer, compare P. VIII. 3.13 and VI. 3.111 ; (3) substitute ढ् for ह् at the end of a पद, or, if followed by any consonant excepting a semivowel or a nasal excepting in the cases of roots beginning with द् or the roots द्रुह्, मुह् et cetera, and others as also वह् and अाह् confer, compare P. VIII. 2.31, 32, 33, 34; (4) ढ् at the beginning of a taddhita affix. affix which has got एय् substituted for it; confer, compare गाङ्गेय:, वैनतेयः ; confer, compare P. V. 3.102.
(1)fifth consonant of the lingual class of consonants possessed of the properties, नादानुप्रदान, घोष, संवृतकण्ठत्व, अल्पप्राण and अानुनासिक्यः (2) the mute letter ण् indicating the substitution of vrddhi ( confer, compare P. VII. 2. 115-117) when attached to affixes; (3) the consonant ण् at the beginning of roots which is changed into न्; the roots, having ण् at the beginning changeable to न्, being called णोपदेशः (4) ण् as a substitute for न् following the letters ऋ, ॠ, र्, and ष् directly, or with the intervention of consonants of the guttural and labial classes, but occurring in the same word, Such a substitution of ण् for न् is called णत्व; confer, compare P.VIII.4. I-39. For णत्व in Vedic Literature; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)V.20-28, T.Pr.VII.1-12. V.Pr.III.84-88;(5) the consonant ण् added as an augment to a vowel at the beginning of a word when it follows the consonant ण् at the end of the previous word; confer, compare P. VIII. 3. 32. In the Vedic Pratisakhyas this augment ण् is added to the preceding ण् and looked upon as a part of the previous word.
ṇatvacerebralization; lingualization ; the substitution of ण् for न् under certain conditions; confer, compare P. VIII.4. 1-39. See ण.
taltad, affix त (l) added in the sense of collection (समूह) to the words ग्राम, जन, बन्धु and सहाय and गज also, exempli gratia, for example ग्रामता, जनता et cetera, and others; (2) added in the sense of 'the nature of a thing' ( भाव ) along with the affix त्व optionally, as also optionally along with the affixes इमन्, ष्यञ् et cetera, and others given in P. V. 1.122 to 136; e. g. अश्वत्वम्, अश्वता; अपतित्वम्, अपतिता; पृथुत्वम्, पृथुता, प्रथिमा; शुक्लता, शुक्लत्वम्, शौक्ल्यम्, शुक्लिमा; et cetera, and others, cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V.1.119 to 136. Words ending with the affix तल् are always declined in the feminine gender with the feminine. affix अा ( टाप् ) added to then; confer, compare तलन्तः (शब्दः स्त्रियाम् ), Linganusasana 17.
tasilādia class of taddhita affixes headed by the affix तस् ( तसिल् ) as given by Panini in his sutras from पञ्चम्यास्तसिल् P. V. 3. 7. upto संख्यायाः क्रियाभ्यावृत्तिगणने कृत्वसुच् V.3.17; confer, compare P. VI.3.35. The words ending with the affixes from तसिल् in P.V.3.7 upto पाशप् in P.V.3.47 (excluding पाशप्) become indeclinables; confer, compare Kas on P.I.1.38.
(1)a technical term for the genitive case affix used in the Jainendra Vyakarana; (2) the taddhita affix. affix तल् which is popularly called ता as the nouns ending in तल् id est, that is त are declined in the feminine. gender with the feminine. affix अा added to them.
tiṅanta(1)a word ending in तिङ्; a Verb; (2) a popular name given to the section which deals with verbs in books on grammar as contrasted with the term सुबन्त which is used for the section dealing with nouns.
tiṅantaśiromaṇia work dealing with verbal forms written by शिरोमणिभट्टाचार्य.
tiṣṭhadguprabhṛticompound words headed by the word तिष्ठद्गु which are termed as avyayibhava compounds and treated as indeclinables; exempli gratia, for example तिष्ठद्गु, वहद्गु असंप्रति, प्राह्णम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II. 1.17.
tukaugment त् added (1) to the root चि in the form चित्य, the pot. passive voice. participle. of चि confer, compare P. III. 1.132; (2) to the short vowel at the end of a root before a krt affix marked with the mute letter प् exempli gratia, for example अग्निचित्, प्रहृत्य confer, compare P. VI. 1.71 ; (3) to a short vowel before छ् if there be close proximity ( संहिता ) between the two e. g. इच्छति, गच्छति; confer, compare P. VI. 1.73; (4) to the indeclinables अा and मा as also to a long vowel before छ, e. g. आच्छादयति, विचाच्छाद्यते: confer, compare P. VI. 1.74, 75; (5) to a long vowel optionally, if it is at the end of a word, e. g. लक्ष्मीच्छाया, लक्ष्मीछाया, confer, compare P. VI. 1.76; (7) to the letter न् at the end of a word before श्, exempli gratia, for example भवाञ्च्छेते, confer, compare P. VIII. 3.31.
tṛ(1)substitute prescribed for the last vowel of the word अर्वन् so as to make it declinable like words marked with the mute letter ऋ; (2) common term for the krt affixes तृन् and तृच् prescribed in the sense of the agent of a verbal activity; the taddhita affix. affixes ईयस्, and इष्ठ are seen placed after words ending in तृ in Vedic Literature before which the affix तृ is elided; exempli gratia, for example करिष्ठः, दोहीयसी; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 3.59.
tosunkrt affix तोस् in the sense of the infinitive ( तुम् ) seen in Vedic Literature; e. g. ईश्वरोभिचरितो:. The word ending with तोसुन् becomes an indeclinable.
tyaptaddhita affix. affix त्य (1) added to a few specified indeclinables in the Saisika senses; e. g. अमात्य:,इहत्यः et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on IV. 2. 104; (2) added to the indeclinables ऐषमस्, ह्यस् and श्वस् optionally along with ट्यु and ठन् ; exempli gratia, for example श्वस्त्यम्, श्वस्तनम्, शौवस्तिकम्; confer, compare Kas, on P. IV. 2.105.
trilaॊcanaa scholar of grammar who has written a small work named अव्ययशब्दवृत्ति on the uses of indeclinables.
thamutaddhita affix. affix थम् in the sense of प्रकार (manner) added to the pronouns इदम्, and किम्, the words ending in थम् becoming indeclinables; e. g, इत्थम्, कथम् confer, compare P. V. 3.24, 25.
dntyaproduced at the teeth, dental; formed at the teeth by the tip of the tongue; exempli gratia, for example the letters लृ ल् ,स् and तवर्ग; confer, compare लृलसिता दन्ते V.Pr.I.69. According to Panini's grammar लॄ(long) does not exist. According to Taittirya Prtisakhya र् is partly dental and partly lingual; cf T.Pr.II.41, while व् is partly dental and partly labial; confer, compare T.Pr. II.43; confer, compare दन्त्या जिह्वाग्रकरणाः V. Pr.I. 76; confer, compare लुग्वा दुहदिहलिहगुहामात्मनेपदे दन्त्ये P. VII. 3.73.
daśagaṇī(1)a section of grammatical treatises dealing with the ten conjugations of roots. e.g the first section of the second part ( उत्तरार्ध ) of the Siddhanta Kaumudi; (2) name of the dhatupatha of Panini which gives ten classes of roots; confer, compare भूवादयो दशगणीपरिपठिता गृह्यन्ते Nyasa on I.3.1.
daśagaṇī(1)a section of grammatical treatises dealing with the ten conjugations of roots. e.g the first section of the second part ( उत्तरार्ध ) of the Siddhanta Kaumudi; (2) name of the dhatupatha of Panini which gives ten classes of roots; confer, compare भूवादयो दशगणीपरिपठिता गृह्यन्ते Nyasa on I.3.1.
durgasiṃhathe famous commentator of the Katantra sutras, whose Vrtti on the sutras is the most popular one. It is called , कातन्त्रसूत्रवृत्ति or कातन्तवृत्ति or दौर्गसिंहीवृत्ति , also. A work on Paribhasas named परिभाषावृति, in which Paribhasas are explained and established as based on the Katantra Vyakarana sutras, is attributed to Durgasimha. It is doubtful whether this commentator Durgasimha is the same as Durgacarya, the famous commentator of Yaska's Nirukta. There is a legend that Durgasimha was the brother of Vikramaditya, the founder of the Vikrama Era. Besides the gloss on the Katantra sutras, some grammar works such as a gloss on the unadi sutras, a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on Kalapa-Vyakarana Sutras, a commentary on Karakas named षट्कारकरत्न, Namalinganusasana and Paribhasavrtti are ascribed to Durgasimha. Some scholars believe that the term अमरसिंह was only a title given to Durgasimha for his profound scholarship, and it was Durgasimha who was the author of the well-known work Amarakosa.
dvanddhaname of a compound, formed of two or more words used in the same case, showing their collection together; confer, compare चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II.2.29. Out of the four meanings of the indeclinable च, viz. समुच्चय अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार, the dvandva compound is sanctioned in the last two senses only called इतरेतरद्वन्द्व (as in प्लक्षन्यग्रोधौ et cetera, and others) and समाहारद्वन्द्व (as in वाक्त्वचम् et cetera, and others) respectively For details see Mahabhasya on II.2.29. The dvandva compound takes place only when the speaker intends mentioning the several objects together id est, that is when there is, in short, सहविवक्षा orयुगपदधिकरणवचनता; confer, compare अनुस्यूतेव मेदाभ्यां एका प्रख्योपजायते । यस्यां सहविवक्षां तामाहुर्द्वन्द्वैकशेषयोः । Sr. Pr. II. The gender of a word in the द्वन्द्वसमास is that of the last word in the case of the इतरेतरद्वन्द्व, while it is the neuter gender in the case of the समाहारद्वन्द्व.
dviḥprayogadoubling, putting a word or word element twice;the words द्वित्व and द्विर्वचन are used in the same sense.
dviguname of a compound with a numeral as the first member. The compound is looked upon as a subdivision of the Tatpurusa comPoundThe dvigu compound, having collection as its general sense, is declined in the neuter gender and singular number; when it ends in अ the feminine. affix ङी is added generally, e. g. पञ्चपात्रम्, त्रिभुवनम्, पञ्चमूली. The Dvigu comPound also takes place when a karmadharaya compound, having a word denoting a direction or a numeral as its first member, (a) has a taddhita affix. affix added to it exempli gratia, for example पञ्चकपाळः (पुरोडाशः), or (b) has got a word placed after it in a compound e. g. पशञ्चगवधनः or (c) has a collective sense exempli gratia, for example पञ्चपूली; confer, compare तद्वितार्थोत्तरपदसमाहारे च ( P. II.1.51 ) also, cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. and S. K. om P.II.1.51,52.
dvitvadoubling, reduplication prescribed for (I) a root in the perfect tense excepting the cases where the affix अाम् is added to the root before the personal ending: exempli gratia, for example बभूव, चकार, ऊर्णुनाव et cetera, and others cf P. VI. 1.1,2; (2) a root before the vikarana affixes सन्, यङ्, श्लु and चङ् e. g. बुभूषति, चेक्रीयते, चर्करीति, जुहोति, अचीकरत् et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VI. 1.9l l ; (3) a word ending in अम् . ( णमुल् ) in the sense of repetition, e. g. स्मारं स्मारं वक्ष्ये, भोजं भोजं व्रजति confer, compare आभीक्ष्ण्ये द्वे भवतः P. VIII. 1.12 Vart. 7; (4) any word (a) in the sense of constant or frequent action, (b) in the sense of repetition, (c) showing reproach, or scorn, or quality in the sense of its incomplete possess-, ion, or (d) in the vocative case at the beginning of a sentence in some specified senses; reduplication is also prescribed for the prepositions परि, प्र, सम्, उप, उद्, उपरि, अधि, अघस् in some specified senses confer, compare P. VIII. 1.1 to 15. A letter excepting हृ and र्, is also repeated, if so desired, when (a) it occurs after the letter ह् or र् , which is preceded by a vowel e g. अर्क्कः अर्द्धम् et cetera, and others cf VIII. 4.46; or when (b) it is preceded by a vowel and followed by a consonant e. g. दद्ध्यत्र, म्द्धवत्र confer, compare P. VIII. 4.47. For details see Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on VIII. 4.46-52. The word द्वित्व is sometimes used in the sense of the dual number; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.2.51. The words द्वित्व, द्विर्वचन and द्विरुक्त are generally used as synonymanuscript. Panini generally uses the word द्वे. For द्वित्व in Vedic Literature confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 1.4; Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIV. 1-8 V, Pr. IV. 101-118.
dvivarṇa(1)a repeated consonant; confer, compare द्विवर्णमेकवर्णवत्, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 144: (2) doubling, repetition: cf ह्रस्वपूर्वो ङकारो द्विवर्णम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.IX. 18; confer, compare also Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIV. 1, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IX. 18.
dvisdouble reduplicated; the word is frequently used in connection with doubling of consonants or words in the PratiSakhya Literature as also in the Katantra, Sakatayana and Haima grammars confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 1, XV. 5, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 101, R, T. 264; confer, compare also Kat. III. 8.10, Sak. IV. 1.43; Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. IV. 1.1.
dhātupārāyaṇaa grammatical treatise dealing with roots written as a supplementary work by Jumaranandin to his grammar work called Rasavati,which itself was a thoroughly revised and enlarged edition of the रसवती a commentary written by Kramadisvara on his own grammar named संक्षिप्तसार.Jumaranandin is believed to have been a Jain writer who lived in the fifteenth century A.D.
ghātuprakāśaa work dealing with roots Written as a supplementary work by Balarama-Pancanana to his own grammar named PrabodhaPrakasa.
dhātupratyayapañjikāa work dealing with verbal forms written by Dharmakirti, a Jain grammarian of the eighth century.
dhātupradīpaa work dealing with verbal forms written by Maitreya Raksita, a Buddhist writer and a famous grammarian belonging to the eastern part of India who lived in the middle of the twelfth century. He is believed to have written many scholarly works in connection with Panini's grammar out of which the Tantrapradipa is the most important one. The work Dhatupradipa is quoted by Saranadeva, who was a contemporary of Maitreya Raksita, in his Durghatavrtti on P. II. 4. 52.
dhāturatnamañjarīa treatise dealing with roots believed to have been written by Ramasimhavarman.
dhāturatnākaraa work dealing with roots believed to have been written by Narayana who was given the title वन्द्य. He lived in the seventeenth century; a work named सारावलि व्याक्ररण is also believed to have been written by him.
dhātuvyākaraṇaa grammar dealing with Verbs believed to have been written by Vangasena.
dhātvartheliterally meaning of a root, the verbal activity, named क्रिया or भावः . confer, compare धात्वर्थः क्रिया; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2. 84, III.2.115. The verbal activity is described generally to be made up of a series of continuous subordinate activities carried on by the different karakas or agents and instruments of verbal activity helping the process of the main activity. When the process of the verbal activity is complete, the completed activity is looked upon as a substantive or dravya and a word denoting it, such as पाक,or याग does not get conjugational affixes, but it is regularly declined like a noun.Just as स्वार्थ, द्रब्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या, and कारक are given as प्रातिपदिकार्थ, in the same manner क्रिया, काल, पुरुष, वचन or संख्या, and कारक are given as धात्वर्थ, as they are shown by a verbal form, although strictly speaking verbal activity (क्रियorभाव) alone is the sense of a root, as stated in the Mahbhasya. For details see Vaiyak.Bh.Sara, where it is said that fruit ( फल) and effort ( ब्यापार ) are expressed by a root, confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः. The five senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are in fact conveyed not by a root, but by a verb or अाख्यात or तिडन्त.
nañtatpuruṣaa compound with न as its first member which is changed into अ or अन्, or remains unchanged, the indeclinable न (नञ् ) possessing any one of the six senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. under न (6); e. g अब्राह्मणः, अनश्वः, नमुचिः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VI. 3 73-77.
natiliterallyinclination, bending down; the word is used generally in the technical sense of 'cerebralization' but applied to the change of न् into ण् as also that of स् into ष्; confer, compare दन्त्यस्य मूर्धन्यापत्तिर्नतिः, V. Pr.I. 42. The root नम् is used in the sense of 'cerebralizing ' or 'being cerebralized' very frequently in the Pratisakhya works; exempli gratia, for example the word नम्यते is used in the sense of 'is cerebralized'; नमयति in the sense of 'cerebralizes' and नामिंन् in the sense of 'causing cerebralization'; confer, compare ऋकारादयो दश नामिन: स्वराः, पूर्वो नन्ता नतिषु नम्यमुत्तरम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 27.
napuṃsaka1it. a word which is neither in the masculine nor in the feminine gender; a word in the neuter gender; confer, compare R.Pr.XIII.7,Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.II. 32; III.138; confer, compare P. VI.3.75, on which the Siddhanta Kaumudi observes न स्त्री पुमान् नपुंसकम् । स्त्रीपुंसयोः पुंसकभावो निपातनात् ।
(1)taddhita affix. affix ना as also नाञ् prescribed respectively after वि and नञ् (negative particle न ) in the sense of separation; e. g. विना, नाना ; (2) case ending ना substituted for the inst. instrumental case. singular. affix टा (called also अाङ् in ancient grammars) in the masculine gender after words called घि i. e. words ending in इ or उ excepting such as are called नदी.
niḥsaṃkhyanot possessed of any numbersense ; the term is used in connection with indeclinables; confer, compare अव्ययेभ्यस्तु निःसंख्येभ्यः सामान्यविहिताः स्वादयो वेिद्यन्त एव Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.I. 4.21.
nipātadyotakatvathe view that the nipatas and the upasargas too, as contrasted with nouns,pronouns and other indeclinables, only indicate the sense and do not denote it; this view, as grammarians say, was implied in the Mahabhasya and was prominently given in the Vakyapadiya by Bhartrhari which was followed by almost all later grammarians. See निपात.
nipātāvyayopasargavṛttiashort treatise explaining and illustrating the use of indeclinables, written by a grammarian named तिलक who probably lived in Kasmira.
nirdhāraṇa(1)selection of one or some out of many; confer, compare जातिगुणाक्रियाभिः समुदायादेकदेशस्य पृथक्करणं निर्धारणम् । मनुष्याणां मनुष्येषु वा क्षत्रियः शूरतमः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II.2.10 as also on II.3.4l; (2) determined or definite sense to the exclusion of another, generally on the strength of the indeclinable एव which is expressed or understood. The word नेिर्धारण is used for अवधारण in this sense; confer, compare यत एवकारस्ततोन्यत्रावधारणम् a maxim used as a Paribhasa by some grammarians; cf; also धातोस्तन्निमित्तस्यैव । धात्ववधारणं यथा स्यात्तन्निमित्तावधारणं मा भूदिति Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI. 1.81.
numaugment न् inserted after the last vowel (1) of a root given in the Dhātupātha as ending with mute इ; exempli gratia, for example निन्दति, क्रन्दति, चिन्तयति, जिन्वति et cetera, and others; confer, compare P VII.1.58; (2) of roots मुच् and others before the conjugational sign अ ( श ); e. g. मुञ्चति, लुम्पति; confer, compare P. VII.1.59; (3) of the roots मस्ज्, नश्, रध्, जभ् and लभ् under certain specified conditions, exempli gratia, for exampleमङ्क्त्वा, नंष्टा, रन्धयति, जम्भयति, लम्भयति, आलम्भ्यः et cetera, and others confer, compare P.VII. 1.60-69; (4) of declinable bases marked with the mute indicatory letter उ, ऋ or ऌ as also of the declinable wording अञ्च् from the root अञ्च् and युज्, exempli gratia, for exampleभवान्, श्रेयान् , प्राङ्, युङ्, confer, compare Kās. on P. VII.1. 70, 71; (5) of the declinable base in the neuter gender, ending with a vowel or with any consonant excepting a semivowel or a nasal, before a case-ending termed Sarvanāmasthāna; exempli gratia, for example यशांसि, वनानि, जतूनि et cetera, and others, confer, compare Kās. on VII.1.72; (6) of the declinable base in the neuter gender, ending with इ, उ,ऋ or ऌ before a case-ending beginning with a vowel; exempli gratia, for example मधुने, शुचिने et cetera, and others, confer, compare Kās, on P. VII.1.73; (7) of the affix शतृ ( अत् of the present tense. participle.) under certain conditions याती यान्ती; पचन्ती, सीव्यन्ती, confer, compare I .VII.78-8 : (8) of the word अनडुह् before the nominative case. and vocative case. singular. affix सु;exempli gratia, for example अनड्वान् , हे अनड्वन्, confer, compare P. VII.1. 82; (9) of the words दृक्, स्ववस् and स्वतवस् before the nominative case. and vocative case.singular.affix सु in Vedic Literature, e. g. यादृङ्, स्ववान् , स्वतवान् , confer, compare P.VII.1.83.
nyāyaratnamañjūṣāa work dealing with Vyākarana Paribhāsas or maxims as found in Hemacandra's system of grammar, written bv Hemahamsaganin, a pupil of Ratnasekhara, in 1451. The author has written a commentary also on the work, named Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa..
nyāsoddyotaa learned commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. written by Mallinātha, the standard commentator of prominent Sanskrit classics.
padaa word; a unit forming a part of a sentence; a unit made up of a letter or of letters, possessed of sense; confer, compare अक्षरसमुदायः पदम् । अक्षरं वा । V.Pr. VIII. 46, 47. The word originally was applied to the individual words which constituted the Vedic Samhitā; confer, compare पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17. Accordingly, it is defined in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as ' अर्थः पदम् ' (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 2) as contrasted with ' वर्णानामेकप्राणयोगः संहिता ' (V.Pr.I.158). The definition ' अर्थः पदम् ' is attributed to the ancient grammarian 'Indra', who is believed to have been the first Grammarian of India. Pāņini has defined the term पद as ' सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् ' P.I.4.14. His definition is applicable to complete noun-forms and verb-forms and also to prefixes and indeclinables where a case-affix is placed and elided according to him; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II. 4. 82. The noun-bases before case affixes and taddhita affix. affixes, mentioned in rules upto the end of the fifth adhyāya, which begin with a consonant excepting य् are also termed पद by Pāņini to include parts of words before the case affixes भ्याम् , भिस्, सु et cetera, and others as also before the taddhita affix. affixes मत्, वत् et cetera, and others which are given as separate padas many times in the pada-pātha of the Vedas; confer, compare स्वादिष्वसर्वनामस्थाने P. I. 4. 17. See for details the word पदपाठ. There are given four kinds of padas or words viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात in the Nirukta and Prātiśākhya works; confer, compare also पदमर्थे प्रयुज्यते, विभक्त्यन्तं च पदम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19, वर्णसमुदायः पदम् M.Bh. on I.1.21 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, पूर्वपरयोरर्थोपलब्धौ पदम् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I.1.20, पदशब्देनार्थ उच्यते Kaiyata on P.I.2.42 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; confer, compare also पद्यते गम्यते अर्थः अनेनेति पदमित्यन्वर्थसंज्ञा Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.III. 1.92. The verb endings or affixs ति, तस् and others are also called पद. The word पद in this sense is never used alone, but with the word परस्मै or अात्मने preceding it. The term परस्मैपद stands for the nine affixes तिप्, तस्, ...मस्,while the term आत्मनेपद stands for the nine affixes त, आताम् ... महिङ्. confer, compare ल: परमैपदम्, तङानावात्मनेपदम्. It is possible to say that in the terms परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद also, the term पद could be taken to mean a word, and it is very likely that the words परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद were originally used in the sense of 'words referring to something meant for another' and 'referring to something meant for self' respectively. Such words, of course, referred to verbal forms, roughly corresponding to the verbs in the active voice and verbs in the passive voice. There are some modern scholars of grammar, especially linguists, who like to translate परस्मैपद as 'active voice' and आत्मनेपद as ' passive voice'. Pāņini appears, however, to have adapted the sense of the terms परस्मैपद and आत्मनेपद and taken them to mean mere affixes just as he has done in the case of the terms कृत् and तद्धित. Presumably in ancient times, words current in use were grouped into four classes by the authors of the Nirukta works, viz. (a) कृत् (words derived from roots)such as कर्ता, कारकः, भवनम् et cetera, and others, (b) तद्धित (words derived from nouns ) such as गार्ग्यः , काषायम् , et cetera, and others, (c) Parasmaipada words viz. verbs such as भवति, पचति, and (d) Ātmanepada words id est, that is verbs like एधते, वर्धते, et cetera, and othersVerbs करोति and कुरुते or हरति and हरते were looked upon as both परस्मैपद words and आत्मनेपद words. The question of simple words, as they are called by the followers of Pāņini, such as नर, तद् , गो, अश्व, and a number of similar underived words, did not occur to the authors of the Nirukta as they believed that every noun was derivable, and hence could be included in the kŗt words.
padavākyaratnākaraa disquisition on grammar dealing with the different ways in which the sense of words is conveyedition The work consists of a running commentary on his own verses by the author Gokulanātha Miśra who, from internal evidence, appears to have flourished before Koņdabhațța and after Kaiyața.
parakramaa term used in the Praatisaakhya works for'doubling' of a consonant; | confer, compare सान्तःस्थादौ धारयन्तः परक्रमम् | Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XIV. 23.
parikramathe same as परक्रम; doubling (द्वित्व ) of a subsequent consonant as for example the doubling of स् in इर्मन् स्स्याम ; confer, compare सान्त:स्थादौ धारयन्तः परक्रमं (1. varia lectio, another reading, I. परिक्रमं) R.Pr. XIV. 23.
paribhāṣenduśekharathe reputed authoritative work on the Paribhasas in the system of Paanini's grammar written by Nagesabhatta in the beginning of the 18th century A.D. at Benares. The work is studied very widely and has got more than 25 commentaries written by pupils in the spiritual line of Nagesa. Well-known among these commentaries are those written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde ( called गदा ), by BhairavamiSra ( called मिश्री), by Raghavendraacaarya Gajendragadakara ( called त्रिपथगा ), by Govindacarya Astaputre of Poona in the beginning of the nineteenth century (called भावार्थदीपिका), by BhaskaraSastri Abhyankar of Satara (called भास्करी ), and by M. M. Vaasudevasaastri Abhyankar of Poona (called तत्त्वादर्श ). Besides these, there are commentaries written by Taatya Sastri Patawardhana,Ganapati Sastri Mokaate, Jayadeva Misra, VisnuSastri Bhat, Vishwanatha Dandibhatta, Harinaatha Dwiwedi Gopaalacarya Karhaadkar, Harishastri Bhagawata, Govinda Shastri Bharadwaja, Naarayana Shastri Galagali, Venumaadhava Shukla, Brahmaananda Saraswati, ManisiSeSaSarma,Manyudeva, Samkarabhatta, Indirapati, Bhimacarya Galagali, Madhavacarya Waikaar, Cidrupasraya, Bhimabhatta, LakSminrsimha and a few others. Some of these works are named by their authors as Tikaas, others as Vyaakhyaas and still others as Tippanis or Vivrtis.
paspaśācalled also पस्पशाह्निक; name given to the first or introductory chapter ( अाह्निक ) of the Maahabhaasya of Patanjali. The word occurs first in the SiSupaalavadha of Maagha. The word is derived from पस्पश् , the frequentative base of स्पर्श to touch or to see (ancient use). Possibly it may be explained as derived from स्पश् with अप; cf . शब्दबिद्येव नो भाति राजनीतिरपस्पशा Sis.II.112. Mallinatha has understood the word पस्पश m. and explained it as introduction to a Saastra treatise; confer, compare पस्पशः शास्त्रारम्भसमर्थक उपेद्वातसंदर्भग्रन्थः । Mallinaatha on SiS. II.112.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāṇinisūtravṛttia gloss on the grammer rules of Pāņini. Many glosses were written from time to time on the Sûtras of Pāņini, out of which the most important and the oldest one is the one named Kāśikāvŗtti, written by the joint authors Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. It is believed that the Kāśikāvŗtti was based upon some old Vŗttis said to have been written by कुणि, निर्लूर, चुल्लि, श्वोभूति, वररुचि and others.Besides Kāśikā,the famous Vŗtti, and those of कुणि,निर्लूर and others which are only reported, there are other Vŗttis which are comparatively modern. Some of them have been printed, while others have remained only in manuscript form. Some of these are : the Bhāșāvŗtti by Purusottamadeva, Vyākaranasudhānidhi by Viśveśvara, Gūdhārthadīpinī by Sadāsivamiśra, Sūtravŗtti by Annambhatta, Vaiyākaraņasarvasva by Dharaņīdhara, Śabdabhūșaņa by Nārāyaņa Paņdita, Pāņinisūtravŗtti by Rāmacandrabhațța Tāre and Vyākaranadīpikā by Orambhațța. There are extracts available from a Sūtravŗtti called Bhāgavŗtti which is ascribed to Bhartŗhari, but, which is evidently written by a later writer (विमलमति according to some scholars) as there are found verses from Bhāravi and Māgha quoted in it as noticed by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiin his vŗtti on Pari.76. Glosses based upon Pāņini Sūtras, but having a topical arrangements are also available, the famous ones among these being the Praķriyākaumudī by Rāmacandra Śeșa and the Siddhāntakaumudī by Bhațțojī Dĩkșita. The मध्यमकौमुदी and the लघुकौमुदी can also be noted here although they are the abridgments of the Siddhānta Kaumudī. There are Vŗttis in other languages also, written in modern times, out of which those written by Bōhtlingk, Basu and Renou are well-known.
pādaliterally foot; the term is applied to a fourth part of a section such as अध्याय, or of a verse which is divisible into four parts or lines; cf प्रकृत्यान्तःपादमव्यपरे P. VI.1.115, also गोः पादान्ते P. VII. 1.57.
puṃvadbhāvarestoration of the masculine form in the place of the feminine one as noticed in compound words, formed generally by the Karmadhāraya and the Bahuvrīhi compounds, where the first member is declinable in all the three genders; e. g. दीर्घजङ्घः. This restoration to the masculine form is also noticed before the taddhita affix. affixes तस्, तर, तम्, रूप्य, पा​श, त्व as also before क्यङ् and the word मानिन्. For details, see P. VI, 3.34 to 42 and commentaries thereon. See also page 334, Vol. VII of the Pātańjala Mahābhāșya D. E. Society's edition.
puṃsmasculine: a word used in grammar in the पुंलिङ्ग or the masculine gender; cf स्त्रीपुंनपुंसकेषु Br. De1. varia lectio, another reading, I. 40, confer, comparealso असरूपाणां युवस्थविरस्त्रीपुंसानां विशेषश्चाविवक्षितः सामान्यं च विवक्षितम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.68 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1; confer, compare पुंस्प्रवाद. and पौंस्नानि नामानि.
puṃskamasculine nature, hence masculine gender. The word is generally found as a part of the word भाषितपुंस्क​ which means a word which is declined in the masculine and the feminine gender or in the neuter and the masculine gender in the same sense. For details see M. Bh, on P. VI.3.34.
putraṭ(1)the word पुत्र as given in the ancient list of masculine words marked with the mute letter ट् to signify the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ): confer, compare P. IV.1.15: (2) the substitute पुत्रट् ( i. e. पुत्री ) for the word दुहितृ optionally prescribed after the words सूत, उग्र, राज, भोज, कुल and मेरु in the simple sense of 'girl' and not ' daughter ' e. g. राजपुत्री, सूतपुत्री; confer, compare P.VI.3.70 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 9.
pum.or पुंस् masculine. It appears that both पुभ्, and पुंस् were current terms meaning 'masculine ' in ancient days. confer, compare पुमः खय्यम्परे P.VIII. 3.12. and पुंसोसुङ् P. VII. 1.89. Although पुभ् is changed to पुंस् before a word beginning with a hard consonant, still पुंस् is given as an independent word derived from the root पा confer, compare पातेर्डुम्सुन् Unādi S IV. 177; confer, compare also the expressions पुंवचन, पुंलिङ्ग and पुंयोग.
prakriyāsaṃgrahaa work on grammar by Abhayacandra in which the Sutras of Sakatayana's Sabdanusasana are arranged in the form of different sections dealing with the different topics of grammar.
pravartanāincitement or inducement which is the sense of 'lin' affixes in general ;confer, compare प्रवर्तनायां लिङ्.
prasaṃghānaliterally linking up; joining; repeating a word in the Kramapatha and joining it with the following word: e. g. the second words ईळे पुरोहितम् et cetera, and others in अग्निं ईळे । ईळे पुरोहितम् । पुरोहितं यज्ञस्य ।
prātipadikakāryacorresponding to अङ्गकार्य in the case of the declinables, which the Sutrakara mentions specifically with respect to the noun-base.
priyādia class of words headed by the word प्रिया which do not allow their previous word in a bahuvrihi compound to take the masculine base by the rule स्त्रियाः पुंवत्.. P. VI. 3.84: e. g. कल्याणीप्रियः For details, see Kas, on P. VI. 3.34.
proktapuṃskapossessed of the masculine gender
bahulaliterally variously applicable; the word is used in the rules of Panini in connection with a grammatical rule or affix or the like that is seen necessarily applied in some cases, optionally applied in a few other cases and not at all applied in the other cases still. The word बहुलम् is used by Panini in all such cases. See P. II. 1.32, 57; II. 3.62; II.4.39, 73, 76, 84, III. 1.34 et cetera, and others; confer, compare the usual explanation of बहुलम् given by grammarians in the lines क्वचित्प्रवृत्तिः क्वचिदप्रवृत्तिः क्वचिद्विभाषा क्वचिदन्यदेव । विधेर्विधानं बहुधा समीक्ष्य चतुर्विधं बाहुलकं वदन्ति Com. Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.18.
buddhinotion, mental understanding; mental inclination; confer, compare बुद्धि: संप्रत्यय इत्यनर्थान्तरम् | Or अस्तेर्भूर्भवतीत्यस्तिबुद्ध्यां भवतिबुद्धिं प्रतिपद्यते M. Bh on P. I.1.56 Vart. 14; (2) mental inclusion; confer, compare यां यां विभक्तिं आश्रयितुं बुद्धिरुपजायते सा साश्रयितव्या M.Bh. on P. I. 1. 57: confer, compare अथ बुद्धिः अविशेषात्स्मपुरा हेतू, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2.118 Vart. 4.
bhāṣitapuṃskaa word or a noun-base which has the same sense in the masculine gender as in the neuter gender: generally words of quality or adjectives like शुचि, मधु et cetera, and others fall in this category;cf तृतीयादिषु भाषितपुंस्कं पुंवद्गालवस्य P. VII. 1. 74; confer, compare also भाषितः पुमान् यस्मिन्नर्थे प्रवृत्तिानिमित्ते स भाषितपुंस्कशब्देनोच्यते । तद्योगादभिधेयमपि यन्नपुसकं तदपि भाषितपुंस्कम् | तस्य प्रतिपादकं यच्छब्दरूपं तदपि भाषितपुंस्कम् | Kāś. on VII.1.74.
bhāskaraśāstrīsurnamed Abhyankar (1785-1870) a great grammarian in the line of the pupils of Nāgeśa who was educated at Poona and lived at Sātārā. He taught many pupils, a large number of whom helped the spread of Vyākaraṇa studies even in distant places of the country, such as Vārāṇasi and others. For details see Vyākaraṇa The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona. pp. 27-29, D. E. Society's Edition.
madhyaliterally middle; middling variety. The word is used in the sense of the middling effort between the open (विवृत) and the close (संवृत) external efforts which technically is called हकार; confer, compare मध्ये हकारः | मध्ये भव: मध्यः | अ सांप्रतिके | तदयमर्थः | सांप्रतिके प्रकृतिस्थे कण्ठे सति हकारो नाम बाह्यः प्रयत्नः क्रियते | तेन च व्यञ्जनेषु घोषो जायते | Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.Bhāṣya on II.6.
madhyapatitaliterally fallen in the middle; the word is used generally in the sense of an augment which is inserted in the middle of a word. Sometimes an affix too, like अकच् or a conjugational sign like श्रम्, is placed in the middle of a word. Such a middling augment is technically ignored and a word together with it is taken as the original word for grammatical operations; exempli gratia, for example उच्चकै:, नीचकै: et cetera, and others cf तन्मध्यपतितस्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यते Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 89.
madhyama(1)the middle person ( मध्यमपुरुष ), confer, compare युष्मद्युपपदे...मध्यम: P. I. 4.105; confer, compare also Nirukta of Yāska.VII. 7; (2) middling tone or effort confer, compare मध्यमेन स वाक्ययोग: Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVIII. 4, where the commentator explains the word as उच्चनीचसमाहारविलक्षण: वाक्प्रयोगः | the word मध्यमा is used in this sense as qualifying a mode of utterance. वृत्ति; confer, compare अभ्यासार्थे द्रुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् ! Ṟ. Pr. XIII. 19; cf also चतुष्कला मध्यमायार्म् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 32; (3) one of the seven modes of speech or tones. cf सप्त वाचः स्थानानि भवन्ति | उपांशुध्वाननिमदेापव्दिमन्मन्द्रमध्यमताराणि Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII.4 and 5 and also कण्ठे मध्यमम् XVIII.11 where the commentatator explains मध्यम as यत्र कण्ठे स्थाने प्रयोग उपलभ्यते तन्मध्यमं नाम षष्ठं वाचस्स्थानम् | (4) one of the seven musical notes originating or proceeding from the Svarita accent confer, compare, स्वारतप्रभवा ह्येते षड्जमध्यमपञ्चमाः Pāṇ Śikṣā.
mṛrghanyaletters pronounced at the place called मूर्धन्: cerebral or lingual letters,the letters ऋ, ॠ,ट्, ठ् ,ड् ,ढ्, ण्|.
mṛtathe crude base of a declinable word; the pratipadika; the term is found used in the Jainendra Vyakarana; cf Jain. Vyak. I..1.5.
makḍonel[MACDONELL,ARTHUR ANTHONY ]a deep scholar of Vedic Gram. and Literature who has written an exhaustive Vedic Grammar; in treatment, at places he differs from Panini and follows a different method, but the manner of thinking and argument is on original lines.
mokṣeśvaraa grammarian of the fourteenth century who has written a commentary on the Katantra Vrtti of Durgasimha. He has written a commentary on the Akhyatavrtti of the Katantra school as also a short treatise dealing with the krt affixes called Krdvrtti.
yaḍlugantaśiromaṇia grammar work dealing with the frequentative roots written by Pandita Sesakrsna.
yaskādiwords headed by the word यस्क, the affixes in the sense of ’a descendant' placed after which are elided and the words are to be used in the plural number in the masculine gender; e. g. यस्का:; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II.4.63.
yuckrt affix यु changed into अन, (1) applied in the sense of 'a habituated agent' to intransitive roots in the sense of movement or utterance, to Atmanepadi roots beginning with a consonant, to the roots जु, चेकम् सृ, शुच्, कुघ्, as also to roots in the sense of decoration: exempli gratia, for example चलन:, शब्दन:: cf P.III. 2. 148-15I: (2) applied to causal roots, as also to the roots आस् श्रन्थ् and others in the sense of verbal activity when the word so formed has always the feminine gender; exempli gratia, for example कारणा, हृरणा, आसना, घट्टना,वेदना et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.III.3.107 and the Varttikas thereon; (3) applied to roots ending in अा and preceded by the indeclinables ईषद्, दुस् or सु in the sense of easy or difficult for obtainment and, wherever seen to any root in the Vedic language, as also to some other roots as found in actual use in the classical literature; e. g. ईषद्दानो गौर्मवता, दु्ष्पानः, सुपान: et cetera, and others सूपसदन:, दुर्योधनः, दुर्मर्षण: et cetera, and others, confer, compare P.III.8.128-130.
yuvanliterally young person; masculine; the word is given as a technical term in grammar in the sense of one, who is the son of the grandson or his descendant, provided his father is alive; the term is also applied to a nephew, brother, or a paternal relative of the grandson or his descendant, provided his elderly relative, if not his his father, is alive; it is also applied to the grandson, in case respect is to be shown to him: confer, compare P. IV. 1.163-167. The affixes prescribed in the sense of युवन् are always applied to a word ending with a taddhita affix. affix applied to it in the sense of an offspring (अपत्य) or grandson (गोत्र), in spite of the ruling that in the sense of grandson or his descendant (गोत्र), one affix only इञ् or अण् or the like is added to the base; exempli gratia, for example गार्ग्यस्यापत्यं गार्ग्यायण:, दाक्षेरपत्यं दाक्षाय्ण: गार्ग्ये जीवति तस्य भ्राता सपिण्डो वा गाम्यार्यण: तत्रभवान् गार्ग्यः; गार्ग्यायणो वा.
r(1)second letter of the यण् class ( semi-vowels ) which has got the properties नादभागित्व, घोषवत्त्व,' संवृतत्व and अल्पप्राणता i. e. it is a sonant, inaspirate consonant. Regarding its स्थान or place of production, there is a difference of opinion : generally the consonant र् is looked upon as a cerebral or lingual letter (मूर्धन्य); cf ऋटुरषाणां मूर्धा, S.K.also Pāṇini. Siksa; but it is called by some as दन्त्य or दन्तमूलीय: cf रेफस्तु दस्त्ये दन्तमूले वा RT. 8, by others as दन्तमूलीय and and by still others as वर्स्त्य gingival. In the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya it is described as दन्तमूलीय: cf रो दन्तमूल I. 68, while in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya it is said to be produced by the touch of the middle part of the tip of the tongue just a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the root of the teeth;confer, compare रेफे जिह्वाग्रमध्येन प्रत्यग्दन्तमूलेभ्यः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 41; (2) substitute र् (रेफ ) for the final letter of the word अहन्, as also for the final of अम्रस्, ऊधस्, अवस् and भुवस् optionally with रु, which ( रु) is dropped before vowels, and changed to ओ before अ and soft consonants, while it is changed into visarga before hard consonants and surds.exempli gratia, for example अम्नरेव, अम्र एवः ऊधरेव, ऊधएव: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII, 2-70: (3) the consonants र् (technically) called र् in Panini's grammar ) which is substituted for the consonant स् and for the consonant न् of the word अहन् when the consonant स् or न् stands at the end of a word. This substitute रु, unlike the substitute र् is liable to be changed into visarga, or the consonant य्, or the vowel उ by P. VIII.3.15, 17, VI.1.113, 114.
ranpersonal ending रन् substituted for the personal ending झ of the प्रथमपुरुष (third person) Atmanepada of 'lin' (potential and benedictive); confer, compare झस्य रन् P.III. 4.105.
rephathe consonant र्; generally the word रेफ is used for र and not रकार; confer, compare वर्णात्कार: । रादिफं: P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3,4. The consonant र is described as one pronounced like the tearing of a piece of cloth and resembling a snarl or a growl: confer, compare रिफ्यते विपाटथते वस्त्रादिपाटनध्वनिवदुच्चार्यते इति रेफ: |
laṭgeneral personal ending applied to roots (1 ) to show the present time for which the personal endings ति त:...महि are substituted for the formation of verbs and अत् ( शतृ ) and आन or मान ( शानच् ) for the formation of the present participle; (2) to show past time when the indeclinable स्म is used in the sentence along with the verbal form or when the indeclinables ननु, न, नु, पुरा, यावत्, कदा, कर्हि et cetera, and others are used along with the verbal form under specific conditions; e. g. कटं करोति देवदत्त:, यजति स्म युधिष्ठिर:, अहं नु करोमि, वसन्तीह पुरा छात्रा:, यावद् भुङ्क्ते et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. III. 2.118-123, III. 3.4-9.
liṅgavācakapratyayaan affix such as अा , ( टाप्, डाप्, चाप्) or ई (ङीप्, ङीष्, ङीन् ) which is added to a masculine base; confer, compare P.IV. 1.3 to IV.1.77.
liṅgaviśiṣṭagrahaṇainclusion of the feminine form of a word when a word in the masculine gender is used in a rule, for certain operations such as the application of affixes and the like;confer, compare the usual dictum regarding this practice viz. the Paribhāșā प्रातिपदिकग्रहणे लिङ्गविशिष्टस्यापि ग्रहणम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 71. as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1. 1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5 to Vārt, 15 for places of the application of the dictum and those of its rejection.
liṅgaviśiṣṭaparibhāṣāthe dictum to include the feminine form of a word when in a rule the word is used in the masculine gender : प्रातिपदिकग्रहणे लिङ्गविशिष्टस्यापि ग्रहणम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 71. See लिङ्गविदिाग्रहण.
loṭa term for the affixes of the imperative mood or आज्ञार्थ, applied to roots in the same sense in which the 'lin' affixes are applied; confer, compareविधिनिमन्त्रणामन्त्रणाधीष्टसंप्रश्र्नप्रार्थनेषु लिङ् । लोट् च P. III.3.161, 162. These affixes, specifically the affixes of the second person singular and plural,are also applied in the sense of frequency or collection,to a root when that root is repeated to show that frequency; exempli gratia, for example लुनीहि लुनीहि इति लुनाति;भ्राष्ट्रमट मठमट खदूरमट इति अटति; confer, compare Kāś on P. III. 4. 2,3.
varṇaphonemic unit: a letter The term was in use in ancient times and found used generally in the masculine gender, but occasionally in the neuter gender too; .e. g. उपदिष्टा इमे वर्णाः M.Bh. Ahnika 1. also मा कदाचिदवर्णे भूत् M.Bh. on Siva Sutras 3, 4.
vāc(1)expression from the mouth ; speech; series of sounds caused by expelling the air from the lungs through differently shaped positions of the mouth and the throat: cf स संघातादीन् प्राप्य वाग्भवति Vaj. Pr.I.9; see the word वाणी; (2) the sacred or divine utterance referring to the Veda: confer, compare त्रय्या वाचः परं पदम् ; (3) term used for उपपद in the Jainendra Vyākarana: confer, compare वाग्विभक्ते कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी Jain Pari 104.
vighnakṛtimpediment to an operation caused by something preceding on account of its coming in the way: a vyavaya or vyavadhana or intervention which is not admissible just as the interruption of palatals, linguals, dentals and sibilants excepting हू for the change of न् into ण् : confer, compare अव्यवेतं विग्रहे विघ्नकृद्भिः R.Pr. V.25.
vicikitsārthīyathe indeclinable नूनम् called विचिकित्साथीर्य in the Nirukta; the word विचिकित्सा is explained as confirmation after deliberation by Durgacarya. cf भाषायाम् । उभयमन्वध्यायम् | विचिकित्सार्थीयश्च पदपूरणश्च । नूनमिति विचिकित्साथींय: Nirukta of Yāska.I.5.
viccheda(1)breach or break (in the Samhitapatha); utterance of words separately by breaking their coalescence: confer, compare पदविच्छेद: असंहितः V. Pr.I.156; (2) doubling of a consonant technically called यम ; confer, compare अन्त:पदे अपञ्चमः पञ्चमेषु विच्छेदम् V.Pr. IV.163.
vibhāktisvarapratirūpakasimilar in form to a word ending in a case-affix or to a vowel. Such words are looked upon, and are treated as indeclinables exempli gratia, for example शनै:, चिरेण, अस्ति, उ, ए et cetera, and others; confer, compare the usual expressions तिडन्तप्रतिरूपकमव्ययम् et cetera, and others confer, compare विभक्तिस्वरप्रतिरूपकाश्च निपाता भवन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII.3.1: confer, compare also उपसर्गविभक्तिस्वरप्रतिरूपकाश्च निपाताः । a gaṇasūtra inside the चादिगण mentioned in P.I.4.57.
vibhaktyarthapradhānaan indeclinable, which is generally described as having the sense of a case affix as predominant in it: exempli gratia, for example तत्र, अधः, नीचैः et cetera, and others; some indeclinables have the sense of a root viz. the verb-activity as predominant: confer, compare किंचिदव्ययं विभक्त्यर्थप्रधानं किचित् क्रियाप्रधानम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.38.
viliṅga(1)a substantive which is declined in all the three genders confer, compare Hemacandra III. 1.142: (2) of a different gender (although in the same case); confer, compare विलिङ्ग हि भवान् लोके निर्देशे करोति M.Bh. on P. I. 1.44 Vārt 5.
vṛṣan( वृषा ),a term used in ancient grammar works for a word of the masculine gender as contrasted with येषा.
vaidikaprakriyāṭīkā(1)a commentary on the sutras of Panini dealing with the Vedic words and their peculiarities written by a grammarian named Murari; (2) a commentary on the section of Bhattoji's Siddhantakaumudi named वैदिकीप्रक्रिया written by Jayakrsna Maunin and named Subodhini.
vaidyanāthaVaidyanatha Payagunde, a famous grammarian of the eighteenth century, who was one of the chief pupils of Nagesa and who prepared a line of pupils at Varanasi. He has written learned commentaries on standard works on grammar, the principal ones being the Prabha on the Sabdakaustubha, the Bhavaprakasika on the Brhaccabdendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the LaghuSabdendusekhara, the Kasika or Gada on the Paribhasendusekhara and an independent short treatise named Rapratyaya-khandana
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakaumudīṭīkāor सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या a general name given to the large number of commentaries written by members of the line of pupils, and pupils of pupils of Bhattoji. The well-known among the commentaries are प्रौढमनोरमा by the author himself, तत्त्वबोधिनी by ज्ञानेन्द्रसरस्वती, सुबोधिनी by जयकृष्णभट्ट मौनी बालमनोरमा by वासुदेवदीक्षित, and crowning all, the लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेशभट्ट. The प्रौढमनोरमा has got a learned commentary written by हरिदीक्षित called लघुशब्दरत्न or शब्दरत्न, which also has on it commentaries named भावप्रक्राश by बाळंभट्ट and शब्दरत्नदीप by कल्याणमल्ल. The Laghusabdendusekhara has got commentaries reaching about ten in number.
vyañjanasaṃnipātaor संयेाग, conjunction or falling together of two consonants; confer, compare हलोनन्तराः संयेग: P.I.I. 7.
vyayaliterallyloss; disappearance the word is used in the sense of inflectional changes. An indeclinable is called अव्यय because it has no inflectional changes. cf तत्कथमनुदात्तप्रकृति नाम स्यात् | दृष्टव्ययं तु भवति । Nirukta of Yāska.I.8; V.23.
vyayavat(1)possessed of व्यय or inflectional change; a declinable word; cf यस्य पुनर्विभक्त्यादिभिर्विकारः क्रियते स व्ययवान् । आद्युदात्त: स च अन्त:शब्दॊ भवति | V: Pr. II.26; (2) characterized by a loss of accent id est, that is the loss of the original accent and the presence of another accent: confer, compare पदान्तस्य पदे दृष्टं स्वरितत्वं न दृश्यते | अदृष्टमनुदात्तत्वं च दृश्यते । Uvvata on R. Pr, XI.31.
vyākhyāna(1)explanation of a rule, or a line, or a verse by analysing the rule and giving examples and counter-examples; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऎजिति | किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत्समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति | M.Bh. Ahnika l Vart.11 ; (2)authoritative decision given in places of doubt by ancient scholars; confer, compare याख्थानतो विशेषप्रतिपत्ति: न हि संदेहादलक्षणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika .1; Par.Sek.Pari.1.
śaktipotentiality of expressing the sense which is possessed by words permanently with them: denotative potentiality or denotation; this potentiality shows the senses,which are permanently possessed by the words, to the hearer and is described to be of one kind by ancient grammarian as contrasted with the two (अभिघा and लक्षणा) mentioned by the modern ones. It is described to be of two kinds-(a) स्मारिका शक्ति or recalling capacity which combines चैत्रत्व with पाक, and अनुभाविका शक्ति which is responsible for the actual meaning of a sentence. For details see Vakyapadiya III.
śabdānuśāsanaliterally science of grammar dealing with the formation of words, their accents, and use in a sentence. The word is used in connection with standard works on grammar which are complete and self-sufficient in all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned features. Patanjali has begun his Mahabhasya with the words अथ शब्दानुशासनम् referring possibly to the vast number of Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and hence the term शब्दानुशासन according to him means a treatise on the science of grammar made up of the rules of Panini with the explanatory and critical varttikas written by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras.The word शब्दानुशासन later on, became synonymons with Vyakarana and it was given as a title to their treatises by later grammarians, or was applied to the authoritative treatise which introduced a system of grammar, similar to that of Panini. Hemacandra's famous treatise, named सिद्धहैमचन्द्र by the author,came to be known as हैमशब्दानुशासन. Similarly the works on grammar written by पाल्यकीर्तिशाकटायन and देवनन्दिन् were called शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and जैनेन्द्र' शब्दानुशासन respectively.
śabdārthaśāstraa science fully dealing with the words in a language and their sense; the same as शब्दानुशासन which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
śicase-affix इ substituted for the case-affixes जस् and शस् of the nominative case. plural and the acc. plural in the neuter gender; confer, compare जश्शसोः शिः P. VII. 1.20. This affix शि is called सर्वनामस्थान just like the first five caseaffixes in the masculine and feminine. gender. This case affix is seen dropped in Vedic passages; confer, compare शेच्छन्दसि बहुलं ( लोप: ) P. VI. 1.70.
śramaṇādia class of words headed by the word श्रमणा with which words in the masculine or the feminine gender are compounded when they stand in apposition; confer, compare कुमारी श्रमणा कुमारश्रमणा, युवा अध्यापकः युवाध्यापक: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.1.70.
ṣaṭkārakanirūpaṇaa work dealing with the six kinds of instruments of the verbal activity ( karakas ) written by Trilokanatha.
ṣṭhaltaddhita affix. affix इक added (1) to the word आकर्ष ( touchstone ) in the sense of ' living thereby '; e. g. अाकर्षकः, अाकर्षिकी: confer, compare P. IV. 4.9; (2) to the word अावसथ in the sense of ' dwelling in ', e. g. अावसथे वसति अावसाथिकः, आवसथिकी; confer, compare P.IV. 4.74.
saṃtānacontinuity; line; continuous recital.
saṃbuddhi(1)a term used in Panini's grammar for the case-affix of the vocative singular; confer, compare एकवचनं संबुद्धिः P. II. 3, 49; the vocative is, however, not looked upon as a separate case, but the designation संबोधन is given to the nominative case, having the sense of संबोधनः (2) the word is also used in the general sense of संबोधन i. e. addressing or calling: confer, compare एकश्रुति दूरात्संबुद्धौः किमिदं पारिभाषिक्याः संबुद्धेर्ग्रहणमेकवचनं संबुद्वि: (II. 3.49) आहोस्विदन्वर्थग्रहणं संबोधनं संबुद्वि: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.33.
saṃbodhanacalling or address which is given as one of the additional senses of the nominative case affixes ( confer, compare संबोधने च P. II. 3, 47 ) in addition to those given in the rule प्रातिपदिकार्थलिङ्गपरिमाणवचनमात्रे प्रथमा P. II. 3.46: confer, compare आभिमुख्यकरणं संबोधनम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 3.47.
saṃsargeliterally contact, connection; (1) contact of the air passing up through the gullet and striking the several places which produce the sound, which is of three kinds, hard, middling and soft; confer, compare संसर्गो वायुस्थानसंसर्गः अभिवातात्मकः स त्रिविधः । अयःपिण्डवद्दारुपिण्डवदूर्णापिण्डवदिति । तदुवतमापिशलशिक्षायाम् । स्पर्शयमवर्णकरो वायुः अय:पिण्डवत्स्थानमापीडयति | अन्तस्थावर्णकरो दांरुपिण्डवत् | ऊष्मस्थस्वरवर्णकर ऊर्णापिण्डवत् commentary on. T, Pr. XXIII. 1 ; ,(2) syntactical connection between words themselves which exists between pairs of words as between nouns and adjectives as also between verbs and the karakas, which is necessary for understanding the meaning of a sentence. Some Mimamsakas and Logicians hold that samsarga itself is the meaning of a sentence. The syntactical relation between two words is described to be of two kinds अभेद-संसर्ग of the type of आधाराधेयभाव and भेदसंसर्ग of the type of विषयविषयिभाव, समवाय, जन्यजनकभाव and the like.
saṃsṛṣṭavādipakṣathe theory, that the meaning of a sentence is a novel thing ( अपूर्व ), held by some Mimamsakas who believe that words connected with activity display their phenomenal capacity ( अनुभाविकाशक्ति ) after the recalling of the senses of words by the recalling capacity (स्मारिकाशाक्ति ).
samāhāracollection, collective notion which is one of the four senses of the indeclinable च. The collective notion by nature being single, the dvandva compound formed of words showing such a collection takes the neuter gender and singular number affixes confer, compareयदा तिरोहितावयवविवक्षा संहति: प्रधानं तदा समाहार: Siradeva Pari. 16: confer, compare also P. II.2.29 and II. 1. 51.
samuccayaaccumulation which is one of the four senses of the indeclinable च and which means the anticipation of an allied another by the express mention of one, in which sense the Dvandva compound prescribed by the rule चार्थे द्वन्द्वः does not take place; confer, compare समुच्चय: | प्लक्षश्च इत्युक्ते गम्यत एतन्न्यग्रोधश्चेति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2.29 Vart. 15.
sāpekṣawith an expectancy in sense; although in grammar expectancy is at the root of, and forms a sort of a connecting link for, the various kinds of relations which exist between the different words of a sentence which has to give a composite sense, yet, if a word outside a compound is connected with a word inside a compound, especially with a second or further member, the sense becomes ambiguous; and expectancy in such cases is looked upon as a fault; e. g. अप्रविष्टविषयो हि रक्षसाम् Raghu XI. When, however, in spite of the fault of expectancy the sense is clear, the compound is admissible; confer, compare यदि सविशेषणानां वृत्तिर्न वृत्तस्य वा विशेषणं न प्रयुज्यते इत्युच्यते देवदत्तस्य गुरुकुलम् देवदत्तस्य गुरुपुत्रः,अत्र वृत्तिर्न प्राप्नोति। अगुरुकुलपुत्रादीनामिति वक्तव्यम् I Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P II.1.1 ; confer, compare also the expression सापेक्षत्वेपि गमकत्वात्समास: often used by commentators.
sāmatantravyākaraṇaan anonymous ancient work of the type of the Pratisakhya works dealing with the euphonic changes and accents in the padapatha of the Samaveda.
sāmavedprātiśākhyaname of a Pratisakhya work on Samaveda. It is probable that there were some Pratisakhya works written dealing with the different branches or Sakhas of the Samaveda, as could be inferred from indirect references to such works. For instance in the Mahabhasya there is a passage "ननु च भोश्छन्दोगानां सात्यमुग्रिराणायनीयाः अर्धमेकारमर्धमोकारं चाधीयते। ..पार्षदकृतिरेषां तत्रभवताम् " which refers to such works At present, however, one such work common to the several branches of the Samaveda, called Rktantra is available, and it is called Samaveda Pratisakhya. It is believed to have been written by औदव्रजि and revised by शाकटायन.
sāvyayatogether with avyaya or indeclinable: confer, compareअाख्यातं साव्ययं वाक्यम्। उच्चै: पठति। नीचैः पठति। Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1. I. Vart 9.
siddhāntakaumudīa critical and scholarly commentary on the Sutras of Panini, in which the several Sutras are arranged topicwise and fully explained with examples and counter examples. The work is exhaustive, yet not voluminous, difficult yet popular, and critical yet lucid. The work is next in importance to the Mahabhasya in the system of Panini, and its study prepares the way for understanding the Mahabhasya. It is prescribed for study in the courses of Vyakarana at every academy and Pathasala and is expected to be committed to memory by students who want to be thorough scholars of Vyakarana.By virtue of its methodical treatment it has thrown into the back-ground all kindred works and glosses or Vrttis on the Sutras of Panini. It is arranged into two halves, the first half dealing with seven topics ( 1 ) संज्ञापरिभाषा, ( 2 ) पञ्त्वसंधि, ( 3 ) षड्लिङ्ग, ( 4 ) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, ( 5 ) कारक, ( 6 ) समास, ( 7 ) तद्धित, and the latter half dealing with five topics, ( 1 ) दशगणी, ( 2 ) द्वादशप्राक्रिया ( 3 ) कृदन्त ( 4 ) वैदिकी and ( 5 ) स्वर. The author भट्टोजीदीक्षित has himself written a scholarly gloss on it called प्रौढमनेरमा on which, his grandson, Hari Diksita has written a learned commentary named लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got a large number of commentaries on it out of which, the commentaries प्रौढमनेरमा, बालमनोरमा, (by वासुदेवदीक्षित) तत्त्वबोधिनी and लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर are read by almost every true scholar of Vyakarana. Besides these four, there are a dozen or more commentaries some of which can be given below with their names and authors ( I ) सुबेाधिनी by जयकृष्णमौनि, ( 2 ) सुबोधिनी by रामकृष्णभट्ट ( 3 ) वृहृच्छब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेश, ( 4 ) बालमनेारमा by अनन्तपण्डित, ( 5 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरहृस्य by नीलकण्ठ, ( 6 ) रत्नार्णव, by कृष्णमिश्र ( 7 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरत्नाकर by रामकृष्ण, ( 8 ) सरला by तारानाथ,(9) सुमनोरमा by तिरुमल्ल,(10)सिद्वान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by लक्ष्मीनृसिंह, (11 )सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by विश्वेश्वरतीर्थ, (12) रत्नाकर by शिवरामेन्द्रसरस्वती and (13) प्रकाश by तोलापदीक्षित. Although the real name of the work is वैयाकरणसिद्धान्ततकौमुदी, as given by the author, still popularly the work is well known by the name सिद्धान्तकौमुदी. The work has got two abridged forms, the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi both written by Varadaraja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita.
siddhāntakaumudīgūḍhaphakkikāprakāśaa small gloss on Bhattoji's Siddhantakaumudi, explaining its difficult lines and passages, written by a grammarian named इन्द्रदत्तोपाध्याय.
suc(l)taddhita affix. affix स् applied to fद्व, त्रि, चतुर् and to एक optionally, in the sense of 'repetition of the activity' e. g. द्विः करोति et cetera, and others cf Kas, on P. V. 4. 18, 19; (2) Unadi affix स्, see सु a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. सुजनपण्डित a grammarian who wrote a small treatise on genders named लिङार्थचन्द्रिका सुट् (1) short term ( प्रत्याहार ) for the first five case-affixes which are called सर्वनामस्थान also, when they pertain to the masculine or the feminine gender: confer, compare सुडनपुंसकस्य I.1.43; (2)augment स् prefixed to the root कृ and to the root कॄ when preceded by certain prepositions and as seen in the words कुस्तुम्बुरु and others as also in the words अपरस्पर गोष्पद, आस्पद, अाश्चर्य, अपस्कर, विप्किर, हरिश्चन्द्र, प्रस्कण्व्, मल्कर, कास्तीर, अजास्तुन्द, कारस्कर and words in the class of words headed by पारस्कर, under certain conditions; confer, compare P. VI. 1.135-57: (3) augment स् prefixed to the case-affix अाम् after a pronoun; e. g. सर्वेषाम् confer, compare P. VII. I.52;(4) augment स् prefixed to the consonant त् or थ् pertaining to लिङ् affixes, e. g. कृषीष्ट confer, compare P. III. 4.107.
sup(l)locative case affix सु: (2) short term for case-affixes, as formed by the syllable सु (the nominative case. singular. affix) at the beginning and the final consonant प् of सुप्, the locative plural case-affix in the rule स्वौजसमौट्...ङ्योस्सुप् P. IV. 1.2. These case afixes are called 'vibhakti' also. These सुप् affixes are elided after an indeclinable word; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुप: P. II. 4.82; in Veda स्, शे ( ए ), या, डा, ड्या, याच् and अाल् as seen, are substituted for these case affixes, which sometimes are even dropped or assimilated with the previous vowel of the base: e. g. सन्तु पन्थाः, आर्द्रे चर्मन् et cetera, and others cf, P. VII. 1.39. These caseaffixes are as a rule, grave-accented (अनुदात्त) excepting in such cases as are mentioned in P. VI.1. 166 to 184 and 19l.
strīpratyaya(1)affixes added to the masculine base of a word to show the sense of the feminine, such as आ in टापृ, डापू and चापू and ई in ङीपू, ङीषू and ङीनन्. See P. IV. 1.3 to 8l. (2) name of a section of Bhattoj's Siddhantakaumudi which gives the affixes added for the formation of a feminine base.
spaṣṭārthaan expression used often by commentators with reference to a line or a passage of the text the meaning of which is clear and no explanation is necessary.
halsvaraprāptia possibility of the application of an accent to the consonant by the literal interpretation of rules prescribing an accent for the first or the last letter of a word, to prevent which a ruling is laid down that a consonant is not to be accented; confer, compare हल्स्वरप्राप्तौ व्यञ्जनमविद्यमानवत् Par. Sek. Pari. 80.
     Vedabase Search  
339 results
     
linga-bhāvāḥ symptomsSB 10.27.5
linga-bhāvāḥ symptomsSB 10.27.5
lingam indirect reference to whomSB 10.63.25
madhura-aiśvarya-viśeṣa-śālini especially by the opulence of conjugal loveCC Madhya 21.45
aklinna-hṛdayam hard heartedSB 6.18.24
āklinna meltingSB 10.84.57-58
alinaḥ beesSB 10.15.6
alinaḥ beesCC Madhya 24.177
alinde in the courtyardCC Madhya 19.96
ālingya embracingSB 10.18.31
svaka-ańga-nalina-aṣṭake on all eight lotuslike parts of the body (face, navel, eyes, palms and feet)CC Antya 19.91
malina-ańgatā an unclean, almost dirty state of the bodyCC Antya 14.53
añjalinā in his joined palmsSB 4.13.37
añjalinā folded palmsSB 5.20.22
añjalinā with folded handsSB 6.9.6
añjalinā with folded bandsSB 6.17.17
añjalinā by joining and cupping the two palmsSB 6.18.49
añjalinā in her folded palmsSB 10.32.4
añjalinā with joined handsSB 10.32.5
añjalinā with joined palmsMM 18
antaḥ-samuttha-kalinā by creating enmity between the brothers by disagreementSB 9.24.67
puline api to the bank of the YamunāSB 10.13.16
pulina-āroha-bhīṣaṇam whose thighs were fearful like the banks of a riverSB 10.6.14
svaka-ańga-nalina-aṣṭake on all eight lotuslike parts of the body (face, navel, eyes, palms and feet)CC Antya 19.91
nalina-āyata spread like the petals of a lotusSB 2.2.9
nalina-āyata-īkṣaṇaḥ having blooming eyes like the petals of a lotusSB 8.18.1
nalina-āyata-īkṣaṇam with eyes as broad as the petals of a lotusSB 8.22.13
bala-śāline unto the most powerful, the supreme powerfulSB 9.3.36
bala-śālinā who is by nature very powerfulSB 10.18.30
bala-śālinā who is very powerfulSB 10.26.11
bala-śālinaḥ mightySB 10.79.33
bala-śālinaḥ strongSB 12.11.47-48
balinā by whose subsistenceSB 3.1.15
balinā with a powerful enemySB 3.18.11
balinā saha accompanied by Bali MahārājaSB 8.23.11-12
balinā the powerfulSB 10.44.24-25
balinā strongSB 12.2.1
balinaḥ the strongerSB 1.15.25-26
balinaḥ less strongSB 1.15.25-26
balinaḥ powerfulSB 3.30.1
balinaḥ very powerfulSB 4.10.7
balinaḥ very powerful soldiersSB 4.27.13
balinaḥ very powerfulSB 8.2.33
balinaḥ (or does it belong) to the person who takes this body away by forceSB 10.10.11
balinaḥ very strongSB 11.9.2
balinām very powerfulSB 1.16.24
balinām of the strongSB 7.8.7
balinām of the strongSB 10.25.30
balinām of the strongSB 10.43.39
balinām than the powerfulSB 10.51.19
balinām of the strongSB 10.56.21
balinām among powerful menSB 10.71.5
pulina-āroha-bhīṣaṇam whose thighs were fearful like the banks of a riverSB 10.6.14
pulina-bhojana eating on the bank of the YamunāCC Antya 6.87
karāya pulina-bhojana induces Him to eat on the riverbankCC Antya 6.89
pulina-bhojana picnic on the bank of the GangesCC Antya 6.139
pulina-bhojane eating on the bank of YamunāCC Madhya 11.233
bhuvana-pālinī who maintains the worldSB 4.15.3
yamunā-pulināni ca and the banks of the River YamunāSB 10.11.36
lindīm mitravindām ca Kālindī and MitravindāSB 10.71.41-42
caraṇa-nalina-yugalam two lotus feetSB 12.6.72
nava-nalina-dalāyamāna appearing like the petals of a new lotus flowerSB 5.5.31
klinna-dhiyaḥ with melted heartsSB 9.11.5
klinna-dhiyam affectionateSB 4.3.10
gāmbhīrya-śālinī and graveCC Madhya 23.87-91
lini hate when Vāli had been killedSB 9.10.12
hema-mālinām decorated with garlands of goldSB 10.1.30
aklinna-hṛdayam hard heartedSB 6.18.24
klinna-hṛt whose heart was softened due to transcendental ecstasySB 7.9.6
nalina-āyata-īkṣaṇaḥ having blooming eyes like the petals of a lotusSB 8.18.1
nalina-āyata-īkṣaṇam with eyes as broad as the petals of a lotusSB 8.22.13
nalina-īkṣaṇāya unto Him whose opening eyes are like lotusesSB 3.9.21
kińkiṇī-jāla-mālinā decorated with circles of bellsSB 11.10.25
jālaka-mālinī decorated with a necklace of pearlsSB 8.20.17
malina kaila makes impureCC Madhya 12.54
kalinā by the age of KaliSB 1.15.45
kalinā by the influence of the age of KaliSB 1.16.22
kalinā by KaliSB 1.16.26-30
kalinā by the personality of KaliSB 1.18.8
kalinā by the age of KaliSB 5.6.10
antaḥ-samuttha-kalinā by creating enmity between the brothers by disagreementSB 9.24.67
kalinā due to KaliSB 11.7.4
kalinda-nandinī of the river YamunāCC Madhya 8.107
lin of the YamunāSB 9.4.37
śrī-kālindī uvāca Śrī Kālindī saidSB 10.58.20
lin KālindīSB 10.58.22
lindi O KālindīSB 10.83.6-7
śrī-kālindī uvāca Śrī Kālindī saidSB 10.83.11
lin of the river YamunāCC Madhya 1.76
lin the river YamunāCC Madhya 17.56
lin of the river YamunāCC Antya 1.79
lin of the river YamunāCC Antya 1.114
lin the YamunāCC Antya 16.146
lin the river YamunāCC Antya 18.80
lindīm the River YamunāSB 8.4.17-24
lindīm to the river YamunāSB 10.15.47
lindīm at the river Kālindī (Yamunā)SB 10.39.38
lindīm KālindīSB 10.58.29
lindīm mitravindām ca Kālindī and MitravindāSB 10.71.41-42
lindyāḥ on the bank of the YamunāSB 3.4.36
lindyāḥ in the River Kālindī (the Yamunā)SB 4.8.43
lindyāḥ of the river YamunāSB 10.17.8
lindyāḥ of the YamunāSB 10.17.20
lindyāḥ of the YamunāSB 10.22.2-3
lindyāḥ of the river YamunāSB 10.30.44
lindyāḥ of the YamunāSB 10.32.11-12
lindyāḥ of the YamunāSB 10.39.40
lindyāḥ of KālindīSB 10.61.14
lindyām in the River YamunāSB 6.16.16
lindyām on the bank of the YamunāSB 9.4.30
lindyām within the river YamunāSB 10.16.4
lindyām to the YamunāSB 10.22.6
lindyām in the river YamunāSB 10.28.1
kamala-māline who is always decorated with a garland of lotus flowersSB 4.30.25
kamalinī a lotus flowerCC Antya 18.89
karāya pulina-bhojana induces Him to eat on the riverbankCC Antya 6.89
malina-kāya dirty bodyCC Antya 14.45
kevalinā mṛṣā possessing knowledge falselySB 6.5.40
kevalinaḥ the transcendentalistsSB 4.25.39
kińkiṇī-jāla-mālinā decorated with circles of bellsSB 11.10.25
klinna-dhiyam affectionateSB 4.3.10
klinna-hṛt whose heart was softened due to transcendental ecstasySB 7.9.6
klinna-dhiyaḥ with melted heartsSB 9.11.5
klinna meltedSB 10.15.18
klinna drenchedSB 10.75.17
klinna having wettedSB 10.88.18-19
klinna wetSB 10.90.10
tīrtha-udaka-klinnam bathing in the water of that holy placeSB 5.8.31
kuṇḍalinaḥ with earringsSB 6.1.34-36
kuṇḍalinaḥ with earringsSB 9.3.15
kuṇḍalinaḥ wearing earringsSB 10.13.47-48
kuṇḍalinam with earringsSB 2.9.16
kuṇḍalinam wearing earringsSB 3.21.10
kuṇḍalinam with pearl earringsSB 4.8.48
kuśalinaḥ in full auspiciousnessSB 8.16.10
kuśalinaḥ being happily aliveSB 9.16.8
kuśalinaḥ doing wellSB 10.68.20
sva-lingam which projects the image of the material world upon him (the soul)SB 11.23.44
madhura-aiśvarya-viśeṣa-śālini especially by the opulence of conjugal loveCC Madhya 21.45
pulinda-yadu-madrakān into outcastes such as the Pulindas, Yadus and MadrakasSB 12.1.34
malina dirtySB 5.5.31
kińkiṇī-jāla-mālinā decorated with circles of bellsSB 11.10.25
malina kaila makes impureCC Madhya 12.54
malina-vadana with a morose faceCC Madhya 14.137
malina dirtyCC Madhya 20.42
malina contaminatedCC Antya 6.278
malina contaminatedCC Antya 6.278
malina contaminatedCC Antya 6.279
malina-kāya dirty bodyCC Antya 14.45
malina-ańgatā an unclean, almost dirty state of the bodyCC Antya 14.53
linaḥ with garlandsSB 2.9.12
puṣkara-mālinaḥ with a garland of lotus flowersSB 6.1.34-36
linaḥ being decorated with garlandsSB 10.5.7
vana-mālinaḥ wearing garlands of forest flowersSB 10.13.47-48
malināḥ dirtySB 10.73.1-6
linaḥ wearing necklacesSB 10.75.11
linaḥ having necklacesSB 10.82.7-8
malinam soiledSB 3.21.45-47
vana-mālinam with a garland of flowersSB 4.8.47
malinam uncleanSB 4.26.25
padma-mālinam decorated with a garland of lotus flowersSB 9.16.2
hema-mālinām decorated with garlands of goldSB 10.1.30
linam wearing necklacesSB 10.34.10
vana-mālinam with a flower garlandSB 10.39.51-52
linam wearing a garlandSB 10.47.1-2
linam wearing a garlandSB 10.67.9-10
linam with hangingsSB 10.75.18
malinam dirtySB 10.80.23
vana-mālinam wearing a flower garlandSB 11.27.38-41
vana-mālinau and wearing flower garlandsSB 10.38.28-33
pańkaja-māline one who is always decorated with a garland of lotus flowersSB 1.8.22
kamala-māline who is always decorated with a garland of lotus flowersSB 4.30.25
pańkaja-māline one who is always decorated with a garland of lotus flowersSB 10.59.26
lini chain ofSB 3.9.20
ūrmi-mālini possessing rows of big wavesSB 5.18.28
jālaka-mālinī decorated with a necklace of pearlsSB 8.20.17
linī MālinīCC Adi 13.110
linī his wife, MālinīCC Madhya 16.22
linī the wife of Śrīvāsa ṭhākuraCC Madhya 16.57
sańgete mālinī accompanied by his wife, MālinīCC Antya 12.11
linī-prabhṛti ladies like Mālinī, the wife of Śrīvāsa ṭhākuraCC Antya 12.62
linīḥ containing rowsSB 4.6.31
rukma-mālinīḥ and with garlands of goldSB 10.7.16
linīḥ wearing garlandsSB 10.45.27
linīḥ and necklacesSB 10.82.9
vana-mālinīm with flower garlandsSB 8.6.3-7
linya dirty condition of the bodyCC Antya 6.201
mātalinā by his chariot driver named MātaliSB 8.11.16
mātalinā by Mātali, the chariot driver of IndraSB 9.10.21
maulinā by the head of all living entitiesSB 4.12.27
maulinā crownSB 10.64.30
maulinam helmetSB 1.12.8
maulinam and helmetsSB 10.39.44-45
mauna-śīline to Him who acts in silenceSB 10.16.47
lindīm mitravindām ca Kālindī and MitravindāSB 10.71.41-42
mṛṇālinīnām of the lotus flowersCC Antya 1.92
kevalinā mṛṣā possessing knowledge falselySB 6.5.40
nalina-nabha O Lord, whose navel is just like a lotus flowerSB 10.82.48
nalina-nābha O Lord, whose navel is just like a lotus flowerCC Madhya 1.81
nalina-nābha O Lord, whose navel is just like a lotus flowerCC Madhya 13.136
nalina-āyata spread like the petals of a lotusSB 2.2.9
nalina-īkṣaṇāya unto Him whose opening eyes are like lotusesSB 3.9.21
nalina lotusSB 4.7.33
nalina of lotusSB 5.2.5
nava-nalina-dalāyamāna appearing like the petals of a new lotus flowerSB 5.5.31
nalina-yugala like two blue lotus flowersSB 6.9.41
nalina-āyata-īkṣaṇaḥ having blooming eyes like the petals of a lotusSB 8.18.1
nalina-āyata-īkṣaṇam with eyes as broad as the petals of a lotusSB 8.22.13
nalina than a lotus flowerSB 10.31.11
nalina of the lotus flowerSB 10.47.60
nalina-nabha O Lord, whose navel is just like a lotus flowerSB 10.82.48
nalina (like) a lotusSB 10.90.15
caraṇa-nalina-yugalam two lotus feetSB 12.6.72
nalina-nābha O Lord, whose navel is just like a lotus flowerCC Madhya 1.81
nalina of the lotus flowerCC Madhya 8.80
nalina of the lotus flowerCC Madhya 8.232
nalina of the lotus flowerCC Madhya 9.121
nalina-nābha O Lord, whose navel is just like a lotus flowerCC Madhya 13.136
nalina-nayana of the lotus-eyed LordCC Madhya 23.65
nalina of the lotus flowerCC Antya 7.29
svaka-ańga-nalina-aṣṭake on all eight lotuslike parts of the body (face, navel, eyes, palms and feet)CC Antya 19.91
nalināt from the lotus flowerSB 2.6.23
nalinī of small lakes filled with lotus flowersSB 4.6.21
nalinī-taṭa on the bank of the lake with lotus flowersSB 4.25.18
nalinī of the name NalinīSB 4.25.48
linī of the name NālinīSB 4.25.48
nalinī named NalinīSB 4.29.11
linī named NālinīSB 4.29.11
nalinī with lotusesSB 9.18.5
nalinīḥ lotus flowersSB 1.6.12
sthala-nalinīkam compared to a red lotus flowerSB 5.8.25
nalinīm a lotus flowerSB 10.54.35
nalinīṣu in the lakesSB 4.6.19-20
nalinyaḥ lotus flowersSB 8.15.13
nalinyām through NalinīSB 9.21.30
kalinda-nandinī of the river YamunāCC Madhya 8.107
nava-nalina-dalāyamāna appearing like the petals of a new lotus flowerSB 5.5.31
nalina-nayana of the lotus-eyed LordCC Madhya 23.65
padma-mālinam decorated with a garland of lotus flowersSB 9.16.2
linī protectingSB 3.21.50
bhuvana-pālinī who maintains the worldSB 4.15.3
pańkaja-māline one who is always decorated with a garland of lotus flowersSB 1.8.22
pańkaja-māline one who is always decorated with a garland of lotus flowersSB 10.59.26
pariklinna wetSB 10.39.56-57
phalinī almost fruitfulCC Antya 1.151
linī-prabhṛti ladies like Mālinī, the wife of Śrīvāsa ṭhākuraCC Antya 12.62
praklinna softened, moistenedSB 9.10.35-38
praklinna meltingSB 10.58.52
pulina with the sandy banksSB 4.6.21
pulina-āroha-bhīṣaṇam whose thighs were fearful like the banks of a riverSB 10.6.14
pulina on the bankCC Madhya 1.76
yamunā-pulina bank of the Yamunā RiverCC Madhya 2.56
pulina-bhojane eating on the bank of YamunāCC Madhya 11.233
pulina in the forestCC Madhya 12.165
yamunā-pulina the bank of the YamunāCC Madhya 13.143
pulina on the bankCC Antya 1.79
pulina on the bankCC Antya 1.114
pulina by the riversideCC Antya 6.75
pulina-bhojana eating on the bank of the YamunāCC Antya 6.87
karāya pulina-bhojana induces Him to eat on the riverbankCC Antya 6.89
yamunā-pulina the bank of the Yamunā RiverCC Antya 6.90
pulina-bhojana picnic on the bank of the GangesCC Antya 6.139
pulinaiḥ beachesSB 8.2.8
pulinaiḥ by the sandy banksSB 10.18.6
sarit-pulinam to the bank of the riverSB 10.13.4
pulinam the bank of the riverSB 10.13.5
pulinam to the shore of the riverSB 10.14.42
pulinam the bankSB 10.29.45-46
pulinam to the bankSB 10.30.44
pulinam the bankSB 10.32.11-12
yamunā-pulināni ca and the banks of the River YamunāSB 10.11.36
pulinda the GreeksSB 2.4.18
pulinda-yadu-madrakān into outcastes such as the Pulindas, Yadus and MadrakasSB 12.1.34
pulinda unregulatedCC Madhya 19.145
pulinda PulindasCC Madhya 24.179
pulinda PulindasCC Madhya 24.209
pulindaḥ PulindaSB 12.1.15-17
pulindena by the lowest class of menCC Antya 1.139
pulindyaḥ the wives of the Śabara tribeSB 10.21.17
pulindyaḥ the women of the aborigine Pulinda tribe in VrajaSB 10.83.43
puline on the bank ofSB 3.4.27
puline in such a gardenSB 9.18.5
puline api to the bank of the YamunāSB 10.13.16
pulinera sama just like the bank of the YamunāCC Madhya 13.25
puṣkara-mālinaḥ with a garland of lotus flowersSB 6.1.34-36
rukma-mālinīḥ and with garlands of goldSB 10.7.16
balinā saha accompanied by Bali MahārājaSB 8.23.11-12
bala-śālinā who is by nature very powerfulSB 10.18.30
bala-śālinā who is very powerfulSB 10.26.11
śālinā bringing the presenceSB 10.60.3-6
samiti-śālinaḥ all very powerfulSB 2.7.34-35
yuddha-śālinaḥ very fond of fightingSB 6.6.33-36
bala-śālinaḥ mightySB 10.79.33
bala-śālinaḥ strongSB 12.11.47-48
śīla-śālinām who were the best of well-behaved personsSB 6.5.23
bala-śāline unto the most powerful, the supreme powerfulSB 9.3.36
śālini O beautiful womanSB 3.20.36
madhura-aiśvarya-viśeṣa-śālini especially by the opulence of conjugal loveCC Madhya 21.45
gāmbhīrya-śālinī and graveCC Madhya 23.87-91
śālinīm who was worthy of praiseSB 3.24.1
śālinīm with the buildingsSB 10.66.41
pulinera sama just like the bank of the YamunāCC Madhya 13.25
samiti-śālinaḥ all very powerfulSB 2.7.34-35
antaḥ-samuttha-kalinā by creating enmity between the brothers by disagreementSB 9.24.67
sańgete mālinī accompanied by his wife, MālinīCC Antya 12.11
sarit-pulinam to the bank of the riverSB 10.13.4
śīla-śālinām who were the best of well-behaved personsSB 6.5.23
śīlinām of those who possess such characteristicsSB 4.24.58
mauna-śīline to Him who acts in silenceSB 10.16.47
śrī-kālindī uvāca Śrī Kālindī saidSB 10.58.20
śrī-kālindī uvāca Śrī Kālindī saidSB 10.83.11
sthala-nalinīkam compared to a red lotus flowerSB 5.8.25
śūlinyaḥ armed with tridentsSB 3.19.20
sva-lingam which projects the image of the material world upon him (the soul)SB 11.23.44
svaka-ańga-nalina-aṣṭake on all eight lotuslike parts of the body (face, navel, eyes, palms and feet)CC Antya 19.91
nalinī-taṭa on the bank of the lake with lotus flowersSB 4.25.18
tīrtha-udaka-klinnam bathing in the water of that holy placeSB 5.8.31
tīrtha-udaka-klinnam bathing in the water of that holy placeSB 5.8.31
ūrmi-mālini possessing rows of big wavesSB 5.18.28
śrī-kālindī uvāca Śrī Kālindī saidSB 10.58.20
śrī-kālindī uvāca Śrī Kālindī saidSB 10.83.11
malina-vadana with a morose faceCC Madhya 14.137
lini hate when Vāli had been killedSB 9.10.12
vana-mālinam with a garland of flowersSB 4.8.47
vana-mālinīm with flower garlandsSB 8.6.3-7
vana-mālinaḥ wearing garlands of forest flowersSB 10.13.47-48
vana-mālinau and wearing flower garlandsSB 10.38.28-33
vana-mālinam with a flower garlandSB 10.39.51-52
vana-mālinam wearing a flower garlandSB 11.27.38-41
viklinna meltedSB 10.71.25
madhura-aiśvarya-viśeṣa-śālini especially by the opulence of conjugal loveCC Madhya 21.45
pulinda-yadu-madrakān into outcastes such as the Pulindas, Yadus and MadrakasSB 12.1.34
yamunā-pulināni ca and the banks of the River YamunāSB 10.11.36
yamunā-pulina bank of the Yamunā RiverCC Madhya 2.56
yamunā-pulina the bank of the YamunāCC Madhya 13.143
yamunā-pulina the bank of the Yamunā RiverCC Antya 6.90
yuddha-śālinaḥ very fond of fightingSB 6.6.33-36
nalina-yugala like two blue lotus flowersSB 6.9.41
caraṇa-nalina-yugalam two lotus feetSB 12.6.72
     DCS with thanks   
250 results
     
lindu adjective slimy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
slippery (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38915/72933
akuṇḍalin adjective
Frequency rank 41546/72933
aklinna adjective
Frequency rank 17450/72933
aklinnavartman noun (neuter) name of a disease of the eyes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22795/72933
atikuṇḍalin adjective
Frequency rank 42008/72933
atimalina adjective
Frequency rank 42161/72933
atiśālin adjective
Frequency rank 42244/72933
anukālindi indeclinable
Frequency rank 43053/72933
anupālin adjective keeping up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
preserving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31954/72933
anuśīlin adjective practicing constantly
Frequency rank 43343/72933
apariklinna adjective dry (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not liquid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not moist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43658/72933
amalina adjective clean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
free from dirt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stainless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32438/72933
amālin adjective
Frequency rank 44612/72933
amṛtamālinī noun (feminine) name of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26595/72933
alin noun (masculine) a bee (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a scorpion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Scorpion (in the zodiac) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32577/72933
alinda noun (masculine) a terrace before a house-door (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a people (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26668/72933
alindaka noun (masculine) a terrace before a house-door (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26669/72933
aviklinna adjective
Frequency rank 45323/72933
asaṃklinna adjective
Frequency rank 45814/72933
aṃśumālin noun (masculine) sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17649/72933
ālinda noun (masculine) a raised place or terrace for sleeping upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a terrace before a house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
balcony (Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. (1992), 74) gallery (Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. (1992), 74)
Frequency rank 46676/72933
ilin noun (masculine) name of a son of Taṃsu
Frequency rank 33287/72933
ilinā noun (feminine) name of a daughter of Yama (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27054/72933
utpalinī noun (feminine) a lotus (Nymphaea) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an assemblage of lotus-flowers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a dictionary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20917/72933
unmīlin adjective
Frequency rank 33472/72933
ulūkhalin adjective
Frequency rank 47819/72933
kadalin noun (masculine) a kind of antelope (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33777/72933
kapālin noun (masculine) name of a demon causing diseases (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a teacher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the eleven Rudras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Siva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7530/72933
kapālin adjective bearing a pot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
follower of a particular īaiva sect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
furnished with or bearing skulls (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
man or woman of low caste (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19118/72933
kapālinī noun (feminine) a female Kāpālika a form of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a being attending on Devi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Yakṣiṇī
Frequency rank 14797/72933
kamalinī noun (feminine) a lotus plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a number of lotus plants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a pool or place abounding with lotus plants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14799/72933
kambumālinī noun (feminine) a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33831/72933
karasthālin noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48674/72933
karālin adjective singing with a gaping and distorted mouth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48677/72933
karālinī noun (feminine) a form of Durgā
Frequency rank 33852/72933
kalināśana noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 48863/72933
kalinda noun (masculine) name of a being attending on Skanda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a mountain on which the river Yamunā rises (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a people (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Terminalia Bellerica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33895/72933
kalindakanyā noun (feminine) name of the river Yamunā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48864/72933
kalindavarman noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 48865/72933
kavalin noun (masculine) a buffalo
Frequency rank 48915/72933
kāpālin noun (masculine) name of a mixed caste (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Kṛṣṇa and Yaudhiṣṭhirī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23682/72933
kāmalin noun (masculine) name of a Siddha
Frequency rank 49151/72933
kāmalin adjective suffering from jaundice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the school of Kamala (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33978/72933
lin noun (masculine) name of a son of Caidy“paricara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49253/72933
linī noun (feminine) a kind of woman name of the sixth lunar mansion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27511/72933
lin noun (feminine) a patr. of the river Yamunā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sort of Trivṛt with red flowers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sort of vessel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a wife of Kṛṣṇa (a daughter of Sūrya) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the wife of Asita and mother of Sagara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7666/72933
linda noun (neuter) the water-melon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49329/72933
lindaka noun (neuter) a water-melon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34047/72933
lindikā noun (feminine) a kind of plant science (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49330/72933
lindībhedana noun (masculine) name of Balarāma
Frequency rank 49331/72933
kirīṭamālin noun (masculine) name of Arjuna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12006/72933
kuṇḍalin adjective annulate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circular (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
decorated with ear-rings (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7938/72933
kuṇḍalin noun (masculine) a peacock (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a snake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a bird name of Varuṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the spotted or painted deer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the tree Bauhinia variegata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 17798/72933
kuṇḍalinī noun (feminine) a form of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular dish (curds boiled with ghee and rice) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the plant Cocculus cordifolius (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 8433/72933
kutūhalin adjective curious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eager (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
highly interested in anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impatient (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17799/72933
kunalin noun (masculine) the plant Agati grandiflora (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49660/72933
kuntalin adjective wearing the kuntala hairdress
Frequency rank 27576/72933
kuberanalinī noun (feminine) name of a Tīrtha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49687/72933
kuśalin adjective auspicious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
clever (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
favourable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
healthy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prosperous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
virtuous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
well (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4673/72933
kṛṣṇamallin noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 50028/72933
ketumālin noun (masculine) name of a Dānava (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Muni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Śiva
Frequency rank 50078/72933
kevalin adjective alone (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
only (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27655/72933
klin noun (feminine) the plant Solanum diffusum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50460/72933
klinnatā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 50461/72933
klinnavartman noun (neuter) excess of the lachrymal discharge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
watering of the eyes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50462/72933
kṣālinī noun (feminine) [rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 50550/72933
khalinī noun (feminine) Anethum graveolens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a multitude of threshing-floors (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Curculigo orchioides (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50870/72933
gaṇḍamālin adjective having the glands of the neck inflamed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51015/72933
gandhamālin noun (masculine) name of a Nāga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Śiva
Frequency rank 34574/72933
gandhamālinī noun (feminine) a kind of perfume (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of rice
Frequency rank 34575/72933
gabhastimālin noun (masculine) the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51123/72933
gudakīlin adjective suffering from hemorhoides
Frequency rank 51392/72933
ghoḍācolin noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51870/72933
cakramālin noun (masculine) name of a Rākṣasa
Frequency rank 51911/72933
caṇḍakāpālinī noun (feminine) name of a goddess
Frequency rank 51953/72933
caṇḍamālinī noun (feminine) name of a goddess
Frequency rank 51961/72933
caṇḍālinī noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 27945/72933
candramaulin noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 34892/72933
cāṇḍālinī noun (feminine) name of a goddess (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a plant
Frequency rank 52200/72933
lin noun (masculine) air (??)
Frequency rank 52256/72933
lin noun (masculine) name of a ṣi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35040/72933
jaṭāmālin noun (masculine) a form of Śiva in the 19th parivarta name of a Muni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28051/72933
jambumālin noun (masculine) name of a Rakṣas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14902/72933
jambūmālin noun (masculine) name of a Rākṣasa fighting for Rāvaṇa
Frequency rank 35113/72933
lin adjective deceptive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having a net (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having a window (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
retiform (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52934/72933
linī noun (feminine) a kind of venomous spider (lūtā) a painted room or one ornamented with pictures (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a species of melon (having a reticulated rind) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Luffa acutangula Roxb. Luffa amara Roxb. name of certain boils appearing in the Prameha disease (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[medic.] a particular abscess (piḍaka)
Frequency rank 7959/72933
jvālin noun (masculine) name of Śiva
Frequency rank 53114/72933
jvālinī noun (feminine) a mystical name of the Ietter v (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Sansevieria zeylanica Willd. [medic.] a kind of abscess
Frequency rank 11263/72933
jhallin noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 35229/72933
jhillin noun (masculine) name of a Vṛṣṇi
Frequency rank 35236/72933
taḍinmālin noun (masculine) name of the Daitya Vidyunmālin
Frequency rank 24063/72933
tamālinī noun (feminine) a place overgrown with Tamāla trees (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35309/72933
talin adjective
Frequency rank 35331/72933
lin adjective placing upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53486/72933
tīkṣṇaśulvakapālin noun (masculine) a process of dying metals or minerals with the aid of iron and copper according to the metdho adopted by the kāpālikas
Frequency rank 28216/72933
tutthanīlinī noun (feminine) a kind of plant (?)
Frequency rank 53664/72933
tulinī noun (feminine) name of a species of bulbous plant
Frequency rank 53709/72933
tailinī noun (feminine) a wick (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24142/72933
triśūlin noun (masculine) Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8791/72933
triśūlinī noun (feminine) Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of divyauṣadhī
Frequency rank 54008/72933
linī noun (feminine) a kind of bulb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the cotton tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54082/72933
dantolūkhalin adjective eating unground grain (an ascetic) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21429/72933
durmelin adjective img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 21469/72933
dhānyamālinī noun (feminine) name of the mother of Rāvaṇas son Atikāya
Frequency rank 55413/72933
nakulin noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 36075/72933
nalin adjective equipped with lotuses
Frequency rank 36117/72933
nalina noun (neuter) a lotus flower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a water-lily Nelumbium Speciosum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the indigo plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8626/72933
nalinī noun (feminine) a kind of fragrant substance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a myst. name of one of the nostrils (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular class of women (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an assemblage of lotus flowers or a lotus pond (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having king Nala (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Nelumbium Speciosum (the plant or its stalk) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of 2 rivers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the wife of Ajamīḍha and mother of Nīla (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the fermented and intoxicating juice of the cocoa-nut (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Ganges of heaven or rather an arm of it (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4187/72933
nalināsana noun (masculine) name of Brahmā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55732/72933
nalinikā noun (feminine) a tube name of a woman
Frequency rank 14973/72933
nalinīkā noun (feminine) a kind of vegetable
Frequency rank 55733/72933
nalinīruha noun (neuter) the fibres of a lotus-stalk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55734/72933
nāgābhrākakapālin noun (masculine) a process of dying metals or minerals with the aid of lead and mica according to the method adopted by the Kāpālikas
Frequency rank 55838/72933
lin noun (masculine) name of Śiva
Frequency rank 55900/72933
linī noun (feminine) a mystic. name of one nostril (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36208/72933
nirmūlin adjective entwurzelnd zerstörend
Frequency rank 36338/72933
nirvalin adjective smooth unwrinkled
Frequency rank 56308/72933
linī noun (feminine) Indigofera tinctoria Linn.
Frequency rank 6067/72933
linīghṛta noun (neuter) [medic.] name of a medical preparation
Frequency rank 36486/72933
nīlotpalinī noun (feminine) a blue lotus
Frequency rank 56692/72933
nunnamālinī noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 56694/72933
pattramālin noun (masculine) Calamus rotang
Frequency rank 57029/72933
padmamālinī noun (feminine) name of Śrī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57098/72933
paripālinī noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 57321/72933
lin noun (masculine) a ruler (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Pṛthu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] a form of Śiva
Frequency rank 29003/72933
lin adjective guarding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
keeping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
protecting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57881/72933
linī noun (feminine) Ficus Heterophylla (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36855/72933
lin noun (feminine) Ichnocarpus Frutescens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13627/72933
linda noun (masculine) incense (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Jasminum Pubescens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36856/72933
lindira noun (masculine) a kind of snake
Frequency rank 57891/72933
lindhī noun (feminine) a species of Ipomoea with dark blossoms (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57892/72933
pudgalin adjective
Frequency rank 58170/72933
pulina noun (masculine neuter) a sandbank (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sandy beach (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a small island or bank in the middle of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an islet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the bank of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4731/72933
pulinda noun (masculine) a barbarian (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a man or the king of the Pulindas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mountaineer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a barbarous tribe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the mast or rib of a ship (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9647/72933
pulindaka noun (masculine) pulinda
Frequency rank 58252/72933
puṣpaśakalin noun (masculine) a kind of serpent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58312/72933
pṛthumālin noun (masculine) name of an Asura
Frequency rank 58389/72933
pūrvapālin noun (masculine) name of a prince (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Indra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59808/72933
phalin adjective bearing or yielding fruit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fruitful (met. productive of results or consequences) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having an iron point (as an arrow) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reaping advantage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
successful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14331/72933
phalin noun (masculine) a fruit tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59869/72933
phalinī noun (feminine) Aglaia odorata Lour. Aglaia roxburghiana Miq. a species of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Setaria italica Beauv. (Surapāla (1988), 128) the vagina injured by too violent sexual intercourse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7214/72933
phalina adjective bearing fruit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29345/72933
phalina noun (masculine) the bread-fruit tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59906/72933
babhrumālin noun (masculine) name of a Muni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59995/72933
balin noun (masculine) a hog bull (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a lion a soldier (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sort of jasmine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a wild boar buffalo (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
camel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
kind of sheep (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Balarāma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Vatsapril (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Phaseolus Radiatus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
serpent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sheep the phlegmatic humour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bali (m) sulfur
Frequency rank 11371/72933
balin adjective mighty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
powerful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
robust (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stout (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
strong (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 871/72933
bāhuśālin noun (masculine) name of a Dānava (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a prince (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a warrior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Bhīma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29389/72933
bṛhatpālin noun (masculine) wild cumin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60347/72933
bhillin noun (masculine) Symplocos Racemosa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37821/72933
maṇḍalin noun (masculine) a cat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a chameleon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a class of snakes a dog (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a polecat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a snake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva the Indian fig-tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the ruler of a province (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7852/72933
maṇḍalin adjective enclosing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
forming a circle or ring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
possesing a country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
surrounding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17077/72933
mayūkhamālin noun (masculine) the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61522/72933
marīcimālin noun (masculine) the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61542/72933
malina adjective black (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dark gray (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dirty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
filthy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gray (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of a dark colour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
soiled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tarnished (lit. and fig.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3273/72933
malina noun (masculine) a Pāśupata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a religious mendicant wearing dirty clothes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
borax name of a son of Taṃsu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38084/72933
malina noun (neuter) a vile or bad action (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
borax (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
buttermilk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38085/72933
malinā noun (feminine) a woman during menstruation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 24992/72933
malinatama adjective very dirty
Frequency rank 61601/72933
malinatara adjective rather dirty
Frequency rank 61602/72933
malinatva noun (neuter) blackness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
moral blackness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wickedness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61603/72933
malināṅgī noun (feminine) kāsaghnī
Frequency rank 61604/72933
malinīkaraṇa noun (neuter) an action which defiles (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
staining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of soiling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38086/72933
malinīkṛ verb (class 8 parasmaipada) to make dirty
Frequency rank 24993/72933
mallinātha noun (masculine) name of a poet and celebrated commentator (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of two authors on medicine and grammar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24995/72933
mastakaśālinī noun (feminine) a kind of plant (??)
Frequency rank 61625/72933
mahājālini noun (feminine) a species of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dhāmārgava
Frequency rank 38113/72933
mahājālinikā noun (feminine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 38114/72933
mahāmālin noun (masculine) name of a Rākṣasa
Frequency rank 38142/72933
lin adjective crowned (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
encircled or surrounded by (instr. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
garlanded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2759/72933
lin noun (masculine) a gardener (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
florist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of the Rākṣasa Sukeīa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11390/72933
linī noun (feminine) (in music) a particular Śruti (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
female florist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name assumed by Draupadī (while resident with king Virāṭa) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a celestial maiden (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a city (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Rākṣasī (mother of Vibhīshaṇa) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a text name of a Yakṣiṇī name of Durgā and one of her female attendants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the seven Mātris of Skanda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the celestial Ganges (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the wife of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the wife of Karṇa (daughter of Sukāru) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the wife of Prasenajit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the wife of Ruci and mother of Manu Raucya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the wife of Śvetasident with king Virāṭa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of two plants (Alhagi Maurorum and agniśikhā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of various metres (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of various rivers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the wife of a garland-maker or gardener (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8323/72933
linīvijaya noun (masculine) name of a work (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25051/72933
linīśāstra noun (neuter) name of a text
Frequency rank 62143/72933
linīśvara noun (masculine) name of a god at Śrīśaila
Frequency rank 62144/72933
linya noun (neuter) affliction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
darkness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dirtiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
foulness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impurity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
obscurity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shame (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trouble (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a defect in a gem
Frequency rank 19851/72933
milindaka noun (masculine) a kind of snake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62239/72933
mukulin adjective budding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
full of buds (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62273/72933
mukhebalin noun (masculine) a rhinoceros (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62317/72933
muculinda noun (masculine) a kind of big orange (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62324/72933
muñjamekhalin noun (masculine) name of Viṣṇu or Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38315/72933
musalin adjective armed with a club (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38342/72933
musalin noun (masculine) name of Baladeva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62394/72933
mṛṇālin noun (masculine) a lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a lotus-stalk
Frequency rank 62446/72933
mṛṇālinī noun (feminine) a lotus-stalk
Frequency rank 25086/72933
mṛdaṅgaphalinī noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 62481/72933
mekhalin adjective wearing a girdle
Frequency rank 19867/72933
meghamālin noun (masculine) name of a king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an Asura (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of Skanda's attendants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62541/72933
maulin adjective being at the head (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
chief (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
crested (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
diademed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having a diadem or crown (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having anything uppermost or turned upwards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18337/72933
lin adjective possessing roots
Frequency rank 17125/72933
raśmimālin noun (masculine) name of Sūrya the sun
Frequency rank 29877/72933
rukmamālin noun (masculine) name of a son of Bhīṣmaka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63698/72933
ruṇālin noun (masculine) a kind of rice
Frequency rank 63727/72933
rūpaśālin adjective beautiful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
handsome (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
possessed of beauty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63952/72933
ūrmimālin noun (masculine) the ocean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29960/72933
lakulin noun (masculine) name of a Muni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38850/72933
lāṅgalin noun (masculine) a form of Śiva in the 21st parivarta name of a preceptor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Baladeva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the cocoanut tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17172/72933
lāṅgalin adjective furnished with or possessing a plough (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64133/72933
lāṅgalinī noun (feminine) Methonica Superba (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64136/72933
lāṅgulin noun (masculine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 64138/72933
lelin noun (masculine) sulfur
Frequency rank 64250/72933
lelinaka noun (masculine) sulfur (?)
Frequency rank 64251/72933
lokapālinī noun (feminine) name of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64270/72933
lolin adjective
Frequency rank 64324/72933
vaṅgābhrakakapālin noun (masculine) a process of dyeing metals or minerals with the aid of tin and mica according to the method adopted by kāpālikas
Frequency rank 38987/72933
vajrakāpālinī noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 64449/72933
vanamālin noun (masculine) (in music) a kind of measure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Balarāma name of Viṣṇu name of various authors (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9054/72933
vanamālin adjective
Frequency rank 39040/72933
vanamālinī noun (feminine) Dioscorea or varāhī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the town Dvāraka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 64579/72933
valina adjective flaccid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shrivelled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wrinkled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64806/72933
valkalin adjective clothed in a bark-dress (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
yielding bark (as a branch) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39104/72933
lin noun (masculine) name of a Daitya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a monkey (son of Indra and elder brother of the monkeyking Sugrīva) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1854/72933
lina noun (masculine) the monkey Vālin
Frequency rank 65260/72933
vikarālin adjective hot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65335/72933
viklinna adjective decayed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dissolved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
softened (by cooking) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39277/72933
vidyunmālin noun (masculine) name of a god (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Rākṣasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Vidyādhara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an Asura (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7129/72933
viśālinī noun (feminine) name of a Yakṣiṇī
Frequency rank 39515/72933
vṛṣalin adjective having contact with Śūdras
Frequency rank 66506/72933
vyālin noun (masculine) [rel.] name of Śiva
Frequency rank 66936/72933
śakalin noun (masculine) a fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of fish
Frequency rank 30419/72933
śakulin noun (masculine feminine) a fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30420/72933
śaṅkhamālini noun (feminine) Andropogon Aciculatu